grammar practice book 5

www.harcourtschool.com

GrammarPractice Book

Grade 5

RXENL08AWK51_GPB_i.indd iRXENL08AWK51_GPB_i.indd i 9/14/06 3:45:05 PM9/14/06 3:45:05 PM

Copyright © by Harcourt, Inc.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form

or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopy, recording, or any information

storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publisher.

Permission is hereby granted to individuals using the corresponding student’s textbook or

kit as the major vehicle for regular classroom instruction to photocopy entire pages from

this publication in classroom quantities for instructional use and not for resale. Requests for

information on other matters regarding duplication of this work should be addressed to School

Permissions and Copyrights, Harcourt, Inc., 6277 Sea Harbor Drive, Orlando, Florida 32887-6777.

Fax: 407-345-2418.

HARCOURT and the Harcourt Logo are trademarks of Harcourt, Inc., registered in the United

States of America and/or other jurisdictions.

Printed in the United States of America

ISBN 10 0-15-349912-5

ISBN 13 978-0-15-3499128

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 073 12 11 10 09 08 07 06

If you have received these materials as examination copies free of charge, Harcourt School

Publishers retains title to the materials and they may not be resold. Resale of examination

copies is strictly prohibited and is illegal.

Possession of this publication in print format does not entitle users to convert this

publication, or any portion of it, into electronic format.

RXENL08AWK51_GPB_ii.indd iiRXENL08AWK51_GPB_ii.indd ii 9/14/06 4:17:15 PM9/14/06 4:17:15 PM

© Harcourt • Grade 5

Grammar Practice Book

ContentsTHEME 1

Lesson 1 Declarative and Interrogative Sentences ............................... 1

Lesson 2 Imperative and Exclamatory Sentences; Interjections ............ 5

Lesson 3 Subjects and Predicates ........................................................ 9

Lesson 4 Complete and Simple Subjects and Predicates .................... 13

Lesson 5 Review ............................................................................... 17

THEME 2

Lesson 6 Compound Subjects and Predicates .................................... 19

Lesson 7 Simple and Compound Sentences ...................................... 23

Lesson 8 Prepositional Phrases .......................................................... 27

Lesson 9 Clauses and Phrases; Complex Sentences ........................... 31

Lesson 10 Review ............................................................................... 35

THEME 3

Lesson 11 Common and Proper Nouns ............................................... 37

Lesson 12 Singular and Plural Nouns .................................................. 41

Lesson 13 Possessive Nouns ................................................................ 45

Lesson 14 Pronouns and Antecedents ................................................. 49

Lesson 15 Review ............................................................................... 53

THEME 4

Lesson 16 Subjective and Objective Case Pronouns ............................ 55

Lesson 17 Possessive and Reflexive Case Pronouns .............................. 59

Lesson 18 Adjectives and Articles ........................................................ 63

Lesson 19 Main and Helping Verbs ..................................................... 67

Lesson 20 Review ............................................................................... 71

RXENL08AWK51_GPB_iii.indd iiiRXENL08AWK51_GPB_iii.indd iii 9/8/06 8:13:26 AM9/8/06 8:13:26 AM


Grammar Practice Book

ContentsTHEME 5

Lesson 21 Action and Linking Verbs .................................................... 73

Lesson 22 Verbs: Present Tense; Subject-Verb Agreement .................... 77

Lesson 23 Verbs: Past and Future Tenses ............................................. 81

Lesson 24 Verbs: Perfect Tenses ........................................................... 85

Lesson 25 Review ............................................................................... 89

THEME 6

Lesson 26 Irregular Verbs ................................................................... 91

Lesson 27 Contractions ....................................................................... 95

Lesson 28 Adverbs .............................................................................. 99

Lesson 29 Punctuation ...................................................................... 103

Lesson 30 Review ............................................................................. 107

Index .................................................................................................. 109

RXENL08AWK51_GPB_iv.indd ivRXENL08AWK51_GPB_iv.indd iv 9/8/06 8:13:38 AM9/8/06 8:13:38 AM

Name Declarative and

Interrogative Sentences

Lesson 1Circle each sentence. Underline each fragment.

1. Juan moved to a new school.

2. The friends played basketball in the yard.

3. took the bus to school.

4. Mrs. Janis, the math teacher.

5. handed out tests.

6. The teacher collected the homework.

Label each line of words as a sentence or a fragment. Add words to each fragment to make a complete declarative sentence.

7. Pedro and Ito traded baseball cards.

8. walked to school.

9. Tamara jogged around the block.

10. The teacher gave the first test on Friday.

11. girls soccer after school.

12. Michelle and Denzel exchanged books.

Write three declarative sentences about what you did in school today. Then write three interrogative sentences about what a friend did in school today.

1 Grammar Practice Book

RXENL08AWK51_GPB_001.indd 1RXENL08AWK51_GPB_001.indd 1 9/19/06 6:46:04 AM9/19/06 6:46:04 AM



Lesson 1Write the interrogative sentences correctly, using capital letters and end marks.

1. what did you eat for lunch

2. did you pick out a book at the school library

3. when did you get a new computer

4. who helped you with the homework

5. where did the teacher go

If the interrogative sentence is correct, write correct. Rewrite the incorrect sentences correctly.

6. Why does Neil miss so many rehearsals

7. How does the librarian organize the books?

8. Where is the swimming pool

9. What time is soccer practice?

10. When do we get our report cards?



Name

Lesson 1Read this part of a student’s rough draft. Then answer the questions below.

(1) Peri has been such a wonderful friend? (2) She helped me in so many

ways when I broke my arm falling off the parallel bars. (3) while others in the

class laughed at my clumsy fall, she ran to my side right away. (4) and went

with me to the doctor to have my arm x-rayed? (5) She carried my books to my

classes, and she kept me laughing (6) Do you understand why I think she is

such a good friend?

1. Which sentence does NOT express a complete thought?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 4

2. Which declarative sentence has an incorrect end mark?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 6

3. Which declarative sentence has an error in capitalization?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 5

4. Which of these is NOT a declarative sentence?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3 D Sentence 6

5. Which of these is an interrogative sentence?A Sentence 2B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 6

6. Which of these sentences has a missing end mark?A Sentence 2B Sentence 3C Sentence 5D Sentence 6

Grammar–WritingConnection





Lesson 1Circle the interrogative sentences. Underline the declarative sentences.

1. How does Jay like his new school?

2. What does Karen enjoy most about her school?

3. Sara takes piano lessons.

4. Keisha reads magazines about travel.

5. Jay helps Lisa with the math homework.

6. How does Susan prepare for the physical education test?

If the sentence is correct, write correct. Rewrite the incorrect sentences correctly.

7. What is the name of the coach.

8. John and Roberto play basketball every Saturday.

9. what does Lisa discover about her new neighborhood?

10. Gale tries out for the volleyball team.

11. Why is Tim waiting to see the teacher.

12. I will look in my desk for the calculator?



Name

Imperative and Exclamatory Sentences;

Interjections

Lesson 2Circle the imperative sentences. Underline the exclamatory sentences.

1. Our coach figures out great strategies!

2. Pitch a curve ball.

3. Jill hit the most doubles!

4. Throw the ball to third base.

5. Keep score of the game.

6. We won!

Rewrite each sentence as an imperative sentence or an exclamatory sentence. Use correct end marks. Label it as imperative or exclamatory.

7. Leslie hit a home run

8. Slide into the base before he can tag you

9. Wei made an amazing catch

10. Throw a fastball

11. I can’t believe I struck out

12. Walk to first base

Write two imperative sentences and two exclamatory sentences about your favorite sport. Label each type of sentence.



Name


Interjections

Lesson 2Write the interjections in the following sentences.

1. Wow, Randi hit a home run!

2. Oops, Jeff hit a foul ball.

3. Oh, no, I can’t believe he missed that one.

4. Hey, Jessie caught that fly ball!

5. Oh, I struck out.

6. Whoa, Jorge made it to second base just in time!

7. Aha, Jamie stole third base!

Rewrite each sentence, adding an interjection. Remember to use correct punctuation.

8. Jorge bats next.

9. She tied the game.

10. Don’t hit that pitch.

11. Shauna made a base hit.

12. We won the game!

13. I stubbed my toe.

14. I am hungry and tired.

15. Let’s go to the snack bar.



Name


(1) Wow, our basketball team is going to the state fi nals! (2) Now

we need to get ready. (3) Be at practice on time. (4) Work together as

a team? (5) � en get out there and play your best. (6) It will be a very

exciting game!

1. Which of the following is an exclamatory sentence?A Sentence 2 B Sentence 3C Sentence 5D Sentence 6

2. Which of the following contains an interjection?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2 C Sentence 3 D Sentence 4

3. Which imperative sentence has an incorrect end mark?A Sentence 2B Sentence 3 C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

4. Which is NOT an imperative sentence? A Sentence 2B Sentence 3 C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

5. Which are the imperative sentences?A Sentences 1, 2, and 3B Sentences 2, 3, and 4C Sentences 3, 4, and 5D Sentences 4, 5, and 6

6. Which of these is NOT an interjection?A Wow!B Ah!C Alas!D This is cool!




Name


Interjections

Lesson 2Rewrite the following as imperative sentences.

1. The batter hits the ball into the outfield.

2. The outfielder throws the ball to third base.

3. The hitter bunts the ball.

4. He tags the runner out.

5. She steals a base.

Label each of the following as an exclamatory sentence or an interjection. Add a related exclamatory sentence after each interjection.

6. Oh, no!

7. The mayor came to the game!

8. Wow!

9. We won the championship for the third season in a row!

10. No way!



Name Subjects and Predicates

Lesson 3Circle the subject. Underline the predicate.

1. Jo practiced the piano every day.

2. The two violinists played a duet.

3. The orchestra rehearsed in the auditorium.

4. The musicians practiced every day until the concert.

5. Sophie sang in the school chorus.

Rewrite these sentences, putting the words in an order that makes sense. Circle the subject and underline the predicate.

6. jazz Allen listened to.

7. beautiful wrote songs Leslie.

8. a flute bought Eric.

9. the violin Michael played.

10. gathered around everyone the piano.

11. gave the quartet a concert.

Write three sentences about your favorite music. Circle the subject and underline the predicate in each sentence.




Lesson 3Label each line of words as a sentence or a fragment. Add a subject to each fragment to make a complete sentence, and write it on the line.

1. Janet sang at the town hall.

2. fixed the broken microphone.

3. found a drum stick on the ground.

4. bought the concert tickets.

5. Juan saw a lot of his friends at the concert.

Label each line of words as a sentence or a fragment. Add a predicate to each fragment to make a complete sentence, and write it on the line.

6. Alex and Maria.

7. Matthew

8. The musicians.

9. Her father fixed the broken CD player.

10. Rachel.



Name


(1) � ere are some very talented musicians in our school. (2)

Alisha played violin in a concert at the community center. (3) Nathaniel

played the cello on national radio. (4) won fi rst prize in a

piano competition. (5) Sometimes, these musicians .

1. Which is the subject of Sentence 2?A violinB Alisha C played violinD center

2. Which is the predicate of Sentence 3?A played the cello on

national radioB Nathaniel playedC NathanielD on national radio

3. Which of these is missing a predicate?A Sentence 2B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

4. Which of these is missing a subject?A Sentence 2B Sentence 3 C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

5. Which should go in the blank in Sentence 5?A play music together.B were Matthew.C was Alisha.D in our school.

6. Which could go in the blank in Sentence 4?A SecondB KellyC The violinD Played





Lesson 3Circle the subject and underline the predicate in each sentence.

1. The hurricane did not do much damage to the house.

2. The windows were shattered.

3. My friends helped us.

4. I lost my flute in the storm.

5. Angela rushed to the house.

6. My father fixed the roof.

Write a subject or predicate to complete each sentence. Label the sentence part that you added.

7. The school

8. were broken.

9. Claire

10. raised money to help homeless people.

11. The orchestra

12. donated clothes and food.

13. Many businesses

14. started to clean up the mess.

15. Her parents



Name Complete and

Simple Subjects and Predicates

Lesson 4Write the complete subject on the line. Underline the simple subject.

1. The ship sailed from New York City.

2. The jazz band planned a tour.

3. The empty airplane flew to Italy.

4. The crowded bus traveled slowly.

5. A long line formed in front of the museum.

6. The tour guide showed us the exhibit.

7. We wanted to visit the Eiffel Tower.

8. My mother loved the food in France.

Write the complete predicate on the line. Underline the simple predicate.

9. John missed the train.

10. The group visited the pyramids.

11. We walked through a tunnel.

12. I rode a camel.

13. My sister swam in the Dead Sea.

14. We went to the market in Cairo.

15. Our guide told us about the town.

Write a sentence about a place you have visited. Underline the complete subject and circle the complete predicate. Then rewrite the sentence. This time, underline the simple subject and circle the simple predicate.



Name Complete and


Lesson 4Circle the simple subject. Underline the simple predicate.

1. Steven climbed to the top of the building.

2. Julio watched the changing of the guards.

3. Jason went to the wax museum.

4. Amira studied the map.

5. Many people strolled in the park.

6. Our tour group ate dinner at an Indian restaurant.

7. We packed our bags before breakfast.

Rewrite these sentences, putting the words in an order that makes sense. Circle the complete subject. Underline the complete predicate.

8. the road wound village its the way through

9. contained many the interesting shops things

10. the greeted artist his visitors

11. the photographs sale were for

12. 4:00 P.M. left village we the at

13. arrived Joan at the airport

14. Paris from top viewed of the Eiffel Tower the they



Name


(1) My class took a trip to Washington, D.C. (2) We went to the

Capitol. (3) � e whole class went to the Lincoln Memorial. (4) My teacher

arranged a tour of the White House for us. (5) It was very exciting.

(6) Learned a lot.

1. Which sentence is missing a subject?A Sentence 1 B Sentence 2C Sentence 5D Sentence 6

2. Which is the complete subject in Sentence 1?A classB My classC tookD Washington, D.C.

3. Which is the simple predicate in Sentence 2?A WeB wentC went to the CapitolD to the Capitol

4. Which is the complete predicate in Sentence 5?A was very exciting B ItC wasD exciting

5. Which is the simple predicate in Sentence 4?A My teacherB teacherC arrangedD arranged a tour of the

White House for us

6. Which is the simple subject in Sentence 3? A The whole classB the Lincoln MemorialC went to the Lincoln MemorialD class




Name Complete and


Lesson 4Add a subject or a predicate to complete each sentence. Label the part you added.

1. Joseph .

2. broke down three blocks from the hotel.

3. The airplane .

4. were at the theater.

5. The taxi .

Write a sentence using the simple subject and the simple predicate given.

6. I, lost

7. The alarm clock, was

8. Jessie, telephoned

9. We, walked

10. Talisha, saw



Name


(1) Why does our school have a talent show every year. (2) Our students

have some very unusual talents. (3) Javier performs some amazing tricks.

(4) Rianna trained her dog to balance a ball on its nose! (5) Make sure to go

to the talent show. (6) It is a lot of fun and full of surprises!

1. Which is a correct declarative sentence?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 5D Sentence 6

2. Which is an imperative sentence?A Sentence 2B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

3. Which sentence has an incorrect end mark?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 5

4. Which type of sentence is Sentence 1?A declarativeB exclamatoryC interrogativeD imperative

5. Which is an exclamatory sentence?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

6. Which type of sentence is Sentence 6?A declarativeB exclamatoryC interrogativeD imperative




Name

Lesson 5

1. Which is the simple predicate in Sentence 2?A AshleyB oftenC playsD solos

2. Which is the error in Sentence 3?A It lacks a subject.B It lacks a predicate.C It should be interrogative.D It should be imperative.

3. Which is the simple subject in Sentence 4?A HerB teacherC introducedD musicians

4. Which is the complete predicate in Sentence 4?A Her teacherB has introducedC has introduced her to some

well-known musiciansD well-known musicians

5. Which is the simple predicate in Sentence 5?A AshleyB practices at least three

hours a dayC at least three hours a dayD practices

6. Which is the complete subject in Sentence 2?A AshleyB playsC solosD concerts

(1) I think that Ashley will be a famous violinist someday. (2) Ashley often

plays solos in the school concerts. (3) and wins some big competitions. (4) Her

teacher has introduced her to some well-known musicians. (5) Ashley practices

at least three hours a day. (6) I don’t know how she does it!

Read this part of a student’s rough draft. Then answer the questions that follow.




Name Compound

Subjects and Predicates

Lesson 6Combine the pair of sentences into one sentence with a compound subject.

1. The park opened at 8:00 A.M. The beach opened at 8:00 A.M.

2. Rebecca went to the picnic. Mark went to the picnic.

3. Eric swam in the ocean. Gabriel swam in the ocean.

4. Sometimes, Cheryl taught volleyball. Other times, Daniel taught volleyball.

5. Mom drove Tim to the beach. Sometimes, Dad drove Tim to the beach.

Combine the pair of sentences into one sentence with a compound predicate.

6. I went swimming. Sometimes, I played volleyball instead.

7. Jessie built a sand castle at the beach. Jessie dug a tunnel through it.

8. Kareem sat on a bench. Kareem ate ice cream.

9. Jenna walked along the beach. Jenna collected shells.

10. We placed the towels on the sand. We opened the beach umbrella.



Name Compound


Lesson 6In each sentence, underline the compound subject or circle the compound predicate.

1. Victoria drew pictures, sculpted clay, and made mosaics.

2. Jonathan, his brother, and their parents made dinner together.

3. We drove to the mall, went shopping, and ate at a nearby restaurant.

4. Lucy, Molly, and Rachel played in the yard.

5. Nicholas, Paul, and Steve went to the gym.

6. Josh, Stacy, Roger, and Linda worked on the project.

7. Denise swam two laps, ran 50 yards, and jumped hurdles in the race.

8. Chan played field hockey, did his homework, and practiced the clarinet.

Use the compound subjects or compound predicates to write complete sentences.

9. Julio, Mary, and Lisa

10. fed the dog, washed the dishes, and swept the floor.

11. Tamika, her parents, and I

12. played checkers, finished a puzzle, and ate dinner.

13. the snack bar, the restaurant, and the cafe

14. practiced the piano, cleaned her room, and went to bed.

15. Matt, Todd, and Mark



Name

Lesson 6Read this part of a student’s rough draft. Then answer the questions that follow.

(1) Juanita and her family celebrated Juanita’s birthday with a festive picnic in the

park. (2) Juanita’s parents cooked her favorite foods for the picnic and brought a piñata

to hang from a tree. (3) Juanita’s sister brought music. (4) Many friends and family

members went to the party. (5) They ate, danced to the music, and rushed to grab all

the candy that fell from the broken piñata.

1. Which is the compound subject in Sentence 1?A JuanitaB celebratedC festive picnic D Juanita and her family

2. Which sentence has a compound subject?A Sentence 2B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

3. Which sentence has a compound predicate?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 4

4. Which is the compound predicate in Sentence 5?A They ate, danced, and rushedB ate, dancedC ate, danced to the music, and

rushed to grab all the candy that fell from the broken piñata.

D all the candy that fell from the broken piñata

5. Which is the conjunction that joins the two subjects in Sentence 1?A familyB andC herD birthday

6. Which is the conjunction that joins the three predicates in Sentence 5?A TheyB dancedC andD rushed




Name Compound


Lesson 6Underline the compound subject in the sentence. Circle the conjunction that joins the subjects.

1. Jan and Kate make a presentation about our favorite things.

2. Soccer and baseball are the two most popular sports.

3. Chicken, hamburgers, and corn on the cob are my three favorite foods.

4. Milk and juice are two drinks Luis likes.

5. Oatmeal and broccoli are the two foods I like the least.

Write a sentence with a compound predicate that answers the question. Underline the compound predicate. Circle the conjunction that joins the predicates.

6. What do you do on a rainy Saturday?

7. What are three things that you do after school?

8. What are three things you do with your friends?

9. What do you do at the beach?

10. What are two things you do in the morning before you go to school?



Name Simple andCompoundSentences

Lesson 7

Write three sentences about your favorite circus act. Include a simple sentence and a compound sentence.

Label the sentence as simple or compound. Circle the conjunction in each compound sentence.

1. Everyone was excited, for the circus was coming.

2. The acrobats performed on the trampoline.

3. One clown juggled balls, and the other performed funny stunts.

4. The performer climbed a rope up to the trapeze.

5. The acrobats must focus their attention, or they might fall off the wire.

6. The clown made a coin disappear, but it was only a trick.

Write an example of the type of sentence named. Use commas correctly.

7. simple sentence

8. compound sentence

9. simple sentence with a compound subject

10. simple sentence with a compound predicate

11. compound sentence with a compound subject

12. compound sentence with a compound predicate




Lesson 7The sentences are combined incorrectly. Rewrite the combined sentence correctly.

1. The juggler juggled apples, he also juggled oranges.

2. The clowns made funny noises the mimes made funny faces.

3. The magician showed an empty hat then he pulled a colorful scarf from it.

4. The artist could make a balloon in the shape of a poodle I could choose another animal shape.

5. My sister went to a different circus last year she said this one was more fun.

Rewrite the run-on sentence as two separate sentences.

6. The horses circled the ring then they stopped.

7. The troupe had fifteen people they included clowns and acrobats.

8. I wanted my face painted like the clowns’ now my nose has a big red spot!



Name


(1) The circus is coming to town I am so excited! (2) Elizabeth and I

already have tickets to it. (3) My favorite part is the trapeze artists’ stunts,

but I worry that the performers might fall. (4) Elizabeth and I love to

watch the magicians, but their tricks are too good for us to figure out!

(5) We also enjoy watching the balloon artists and love to have our faces

painted.

1. Which is a correct simple sentence?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 4

2. Which is a correct compound sentence?A Sentence 1 B Sentence 2 C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

3. Which is a run-on sentence?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 4

4. Which is a simple sentence with a compound subject?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 4

5. Which is a simple sentence with a compound predicate?A Sentence 2B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

6. Which is a compound sentence that contains a compound subject?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 4





Lesson 7Label the sentence as simple sentence, simple sentence with compound subject, simple sentence with compound predicate, compound sentence, compound sentence with compound subject, or compound sentence with compound predicate.

1. The clowns make us laugh.

2. My favorite performer is not in this show, but I think it will be good anyway.

3. Noah and I wanted to have our faces painted, but there wasn’t enough time before

the show.

4. The clowns and the mimes competed for attention from the audience.

5. The tigers looked scary, but they obeyed their trainer’s commands and behaved very

well.

Rewrite the sentence correctly. Add a conjunction in the correct place.

6. Alex had better be on time, I will go into the tent without him!

7. The balloon artists worked before the show, later, they watched the circus with us.

8. We live far from the theater, we arrived on time.

9. The jugglers struggled, they had too much to handle.

10. My favorite show is the circus, I go every year!



Name PrepositionalPhrases

Lesson 8

Write a few sentences about the United States. Include a prepositional phrase in each sentence. Underline the preposition, and circle the object of the preposition.

Underline the prepositional phrase in the sentence. Circle the preposition.

1. The Revolutionary War took place between 1775 and 1783.

2. There were many battles during the Revolutionary War.

3. General Washington moved his troops across the Delaware River.

4. The Americans fought with determination.

5. Their love for their country was deep.

Underline the prepositional phrase. Write on the line the preposition and its object.

6. The soldiers moved toward the front line.

7. The enemy was waiting by the state border.

8. We waited until dawn to attack the enemy.

9. The soldiers stood on a narrow bridge.

10. The soldiers crossed the river to the peninsula.




Lesson 8Choose the correct preposition from the words in parentheses, and rewrite the sentence.

1. Washington’s troops crossed the Delaware River (in, into) small boats.

2. The Americans escaped (in, into) Pennsylvania.

3. Hamilton and Monroe were (among, between) Washington’s officers.

4. The American tactics were not like those (by, of) the British.

5. The army split (through, into) two groups and caught the British by surprise.

Choose the correct preposition to go in the blank in the sentence, and write it on the line.

6. The Mohawks were several tribes that sided with the British.

7. Washington used the tactic surprise.

8. American troops crossed the Delaware December 25th.

9. They rowed the boats the icy river.

10. The general prepared his men the attack.

11. The Americans attacked dawn.

12. The Battle of Trenton lasted for two hours the time it started.

across of at from among for on



Name


(1) The general spoke to the soldiers. (2) He spoke about the unique

spirit of the Americans. (3) He asked the soldiers to face with determination

the difficulties that were to come. (4) The soldiers understood the brutal

conditions. (5) They knew that together they would triumph over the enemy.

1. Which is the preposition in Sentence 1?A generalB spokeC toD soldiers

2. Which is the object of the preposition in Sentence 1?A generalB spokeC toD soldiers

3. How many prepositional phrases are in Sentence 2?A oneB twoC threeD four

4. Which is the prepositional phrase in Sentence 3?A He askedB the soldiersC to face the difficultiesD with determination

5. Which is the preposition in Sentence 3?A soldiersB faceC withD determination

6. Which sentence does not contain a prepositional phrase?A Sentence 2B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5





Lesson 8Underline the prepositional phrase. Write on the line the preposition and its object.

1. They sat under a tree.

2. They fought the battle in the daylight.

3. The soldiers were stationed around the enemy.

4. The general watched the cold, wet soldiers step onto land.

5. The soldiers rose above the challenges and achieved victory.

Rewrite the sentence, adding a preposition to fill in the blank.

6. They carried guns the river.

7. They hid the bushes.

8. The soldiers fought freedom.

9. Another attack dawn was a surprise.

10. The soldiers were triumphant the end.



Name

Clauses andPhrases;Complex

Sentences

Lesson 9Each sentence has one or two clauses. Underline the independent clause. Circle the dependent clause.

1. The artist assembled the materials for her sculpture.

2. She used the room as a studio because it had so much natural light.

3. The assistant prepared the stone before the artist began to sculpt.

4. The artist completed the work in one week.

5. When the artist completed the work, she invited gallery owners to view it.

6. Two gallery owners bid for the sculpture.

7. Many people admired the sculpture.

Label the sentence as simple or complex. For each complex sentence, underline the subordinating conjunctions.

8. The local artists exhibited their latest work.

9. When the lecture ended, the artists answered questions from the audience.

10. A girl in my art class won the contest that the museum sponsored.

11. Art students come from near and far although many can walk to the school from

their homes.

12. The teachers come from all over the world which helps students learn different ideas

about art.

13. The students examined the paintings at the exhibition.

14. The art was still in the gallery although the show ended yesterday.

15. Because we knew that the exhibition would be crowded, we arrived early.

Write three complex sentences about art. Use subordinating conjunctions such as although, because, when, or that to join the parts of each complex sentence. Circle the connecting words.



Name


Sentences

Lesson 9Rewrite the pair of sentences to form a complex sentence. Use the subordinating conjunctions in parentheses ( ) to join the parts of the complex sentence.

1. There were many difficulties. The art school was finally built. (although)

2. The building was completed. We held an open house. (when)

3. This art school is special. Its teachers are so talented. (because)

4. Juan Pedro is an artist. He founded the school. (who)

5. The teachers gave classes in art history. The classes helped deepen the students’

appreciation of art. (which)

Combine the pair of sentences into a complex sentence, using a subordinating conjunction and inserting the correct punctuation. Underline the subordinating conjunctions.

6. The materials arrived. The artist began his work.

7. The project was challenging. Many people offered their help.

8. More workers were hired. This made the job go faster.

9. David won the prize. He entered many contests.

10. The classes were small. The students learned more.



Name


(1) The school puts on an art exhibition every year. (2) Because each year’s

exhibition has a different theme, a new student committee is elected to select art for it.

(3) Although there are many entries, only three works of art are selected from each grade.

(4) After the committee selects each work, the group determines where the art will be

displayed. (5) Sometimes the artists are asked to write something about their work.

1. Which of these contains only an independent clause?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 4

2. Which of these is NOT a complex sentence?A Sentence 2B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

3. Which is the subordinating conjunction in Sentence 2?A BecauseB isC forD student

4. Which is the dependent clause in Sentence 3?A AlthoughB Although there are many entriesC only three works are selectedD only three works are selected from

each grade

5. Which is the independent clause in Sentence 4?A After the committee selects

each workB the committee selectsC the group determinesD the group determines where the

art will be displayed

6. Which is the subordinating conjunction in Sentence 4?A AfterB the committeeC selectsD each




Name


Sentences

Lesson 9Add an independent clause or a dependent clause as shown in the parentheses to complete the sentence. Punctuate sentences correctly.

1. When the student artist showed his work to the teacher (independent)

2. Justin painted standing up (dependent)

3. Although the class was nearly over (independent)

4. Diane bought some more colored pencils. (dependent)

5. Before Tisha started to paint (independent)

Rewrite the pair of sentences to form a complex sentence. Use the subordinating conjunctions in the parentheses to join the parts of the complex sentence.

6. The students sketched pictures. Then they painted the mural. (before)

7. The students completed the mural. They cleaned up. (after)

8. Jen finished her drawing. She found a place to display it. (when)

9. It was getting dark. The studio’s lights were turned on. (because)

10. The artist chose bright colors for the painting. The painting showed the countryside

on a rainy day. (although)



Name


(1) My friends and I were part of a live audience for a televised cooking show.

(2) We watched the preparation of lentil soup, and we saw what happens behind

the scenes, too. (3) The chef chopped onion, sliced celery, and diced carrots.

(4) He added the vegetables to an oiled pot. (5) He filled the pot with vegetable

stock, added the lentils, and brought the mixture to a boil.

1. Which sentence contains a compound subject?A Sentence 1B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

2. Which is a simple sentence with a compound predicate?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 4

3. Which is the subject of Sentence 1?A My friends and IB audienceC ID cooking show

4. Which is the predicate in Sentence 4?A HeB added the vegetables to

an oiled potC the vegetables to an oiled potD an oiled pot

5. Which is the compound predicate in Sentence 5?A He filledB filled the pot with vegetable stockC filled the pot with vegetable stock,

added the lentils, and brought the mixture to a boil

D the mixture to a boil

6. Which of these is a compound sentence?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 4




Name


(1) Our class prepared an international buffet lunch, and it was

delicious! (2) Carlos brought tacos which had meat, beans, corn, and

peppers in them. (3) Peter brought pasta because he is Italian. (4) Nicholas

brought a Greek pastry called baklava. (5) When I arrived home, I told my

mother that I had no room for dinner!

1. Which is NOT a complex sentence?A Sentence 2B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

2. Which is the dependent clause in Sentence 2?A Carlos brought tacosB meat, beans, corn, and peppers C which had meat, beans, corn, and

peppers in themD tacos, which had meat, beans,

corn, and peppers

3. Which is the prepositional phrase in Sentence 2?A CarlosB brought tacos C meat, beans, corn, and peppersD in them

4. Which is the prepositional phrase in Sentence 5?A When I arrived homeB I told my motherC no roomD for dinner

5. Which is the subordinating conjunction in Sentence 5?A WhenB IC arrivedD home

6. Which is the independent clause in Sentence 3?A Peter broughtB Peter brought pastaC because he is ItalianD because




Name Common andProper Nouns

Lesson 11Underline the common nouns. Circle the proper nouns.

1. The crew maintained the supplies on the ship.

2. Jordan Lineman was the carpenter.

3. Martin raised the sail on the mast every morning.

4. The captain named the ship World Sailor.

5. The storm lasted for days.

6. The crew cleaned the deck on Tuesday.

Rewrite the sentences, replacing the underlined words with proper nouns.Use correct capitalization.

7. The captain made an announcement.

8. The ship traveled to every continent.

9. The ship carried cargo to two countries.

10. The storm moved toward the ocean.

11. My sister and I played together on the deck.

12. The crew was excited when the ship docked in a city.

Write three sentences about a boat or something else you know about. Include both common and proper nouns.




Lesson 11Circle the words that can be abbreviated.Write the abbreviations.

1. 3,000 miles

2. Mister Smith

3. Mistress Kane

4. August 14

5. Doctor Myers

6. September 7

7. Friday

8. Pine Street

Rewrite each sentence. Replace each abbreviation with the full word.

9. Mrs. Redding went back to her cabin.

10. Dr. Selon took care of any sick passengers.

11. We could see Mt. Hood from the ship.

12. Mr. Lotham was a frequent passenger on the ship.

13. The boat entered the St. Lawrence River.

14. The passengers wandered down Charles Ave.

15. Jason Lawson planned to come again in Nov.



Name


(1) My favorite activity is boating at camp wilmore. (2) We can go rowing,

kayaking, or canoeing. (3) Jessie and Joan, the lifeguards at the camp, took

us on a canoe trip in Delaware. (4) The rapids were scary, but we made it!

(5) When we returned to camp, Mr. Weston, the head of the camp, was there

to congratulate us.

1. Which sentence contains an error in capitalization?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 4

2. How many proper nouns are inSentence 3?A oneB twoC threeD none

3. Which of the following does not contain a proper noun?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3 D Sentence 5

4. Which is the common noun inSentence 4?A rapidsB wereC but D made

5. Which sentence contains anabbreviation?A Sentence 2B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

6. Which is the proper noun inSentence 5?A WhenB Mr. WestonC campD trip





Lesson 11Underline the common nouns. Circle the proper nouns.

1. The ship traveled to Alaska.

2. Mr. and Mrs. Pearson were passengers.

3. The crew worked hard to maintain the ship.

4. Spencer and Isabelle played on the deck.

5. Michael went sailing on Lake Garfield.

6. The dishes slid off the tables during the storm.

Rewrite each sentence with correct capitalization and punctuation. Then underline the proper nouns.

7. Mr miller greeted the guests on the boat.

8. The boat docked at the marina in monterey, california.

9. We left the port at st augustine, florida, on monday.

10. mrs jenson gazed at the stars.

11. the name of the military ship was the intrepid.

12. my mother and I went rowing on cayuga lake.



Name Singular andPlural Nouns

Lesson 12Circle the singular common nouns. Underline theplural nouns.

1. Carl is a biologist who studies inhabitants of the sea.

2. A person should be respectful of the habitats of other creatures.

3. One tidal pool can contain many plants and animals.

4. All living things must be able to adapt to a changing environment.

5. Jen read three books this month, but Louis read only one magazine.

6. The counselor lost his watch in a big wave.

7. Andrew complained about his wet sweater and socks.

Change the nouns in parentheses ( ) from singular to plural and rewritethe sentences.

8. The red (crab) can be found near the (dock).

9. My (friend) used (worm) as bait.

10. We conducted the (study) at Cobscook Bay.

11. The (boy) ate baked (potato) for lunch.

12. The (seagull) landed near the (bush).

Make a list of things you can find in your home. Write down and label three items that are singular and three items that are plural.




Lesson 12Rewrite each sentence, using the correct pluralform of the noun in parentheses.

1. We displayed the seashells on the (shelf).

2. How many (foot) long was the fish you caught?

3. We ate the fish with forks and (knife).

4. Sailors lead interesting (life).

5. Sometimes rats and (mouse) come off the ships, too.

6. I saw (goose) flying by the shore.

7. How many (person) visit this beach each year?

Write the correct plural form of each singular common noun.

8. The child loves to swim.

9. The woman goes surfing.

10. The sheep needs to be sheared.

11. I saw a fox.

12. My tooth is hurting.

13. A deer walks into the woods.

14. The thief crept away quietly.

15. The loaf was stale.



Name


(1) You may think the desert does not support life of any kind,

but that is far from true. (2) A deserts can be home to thousands of

different plants. (3) The harsh environment makes survival difficult,

but many plant have adapted. (4) Some plants have spiny leaf to

slow down evaporation. (5) The cactus is an example of this type

of plant. (6) It evolved this way to tolerate extreme heat and endure

long droughts.

1. Which sentence has no plurals?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 4D Sentence 6

2. Which is the correct plural for leaf (Sentence 4)?A leafsB leavesC leafesD leafies

3. Which sentence has a plural noun where a singular noun should be?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 5

4. Which sentence has a singular noun where a plural noun should be?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 5

5. Which is the correct pluralfor environment (Sentence 3)?A environmentB environmentsC environmentesD environmenties

6. Which is the correct plural for life (Sentence 1)?A lifeB lifesC liveD lives





Lesson 12Write the singular form of the plural noun in each sentence.

1. We wore scarves to go out on deck.

2. We caught many fish on the last trip.

3. The spies hid in the submarine.

4. The sailor made knots along the length of the rope.

5. My father wore blue ties when he was in the Navy.

6. The crab pot had latches on its side.

7. The dolphin navigated by listening for echoes.

8. Were the knives kept in a safe place?

Replace all singular common nouns with plurals and rewrite the sentences.

9. The seagull ate Carl’s snack!

10. Be sure to wear rubber boots if you hike through the marsh.

11. The bus traveled daily to the harbor in Boston.

12. He clutched the starfish in his bare hand.



Name Possessive Nouns

Lesson 13Circle the possessive nouns and underline the common nouns that tell what they possess.

1. Cindy stands on the boardwalk’s steps.

2. Greg’s boat is docked in New York City.

3. Have you seen the city’s marinas?

4. The harbor’s shipping office is closed.

5. Peter’s friend won the sailing competition.

6. Jan watches the cloud’s shape change.

7. The ocean’s waves pound the shore.

8. Gusts of wind fill the ship’s sail.

9. The girl’s hair blows in the wind.

10. Tonya’s scarf is in her bag.

Write the possessive noun in each sentence and label it as singular or plural.

11. The crew obeyed the captain’s orders.

12. The ropes’ ends were frayed.

13. After the storm, the water’s surface was still.

14. Peter put his duffel bag under the lifeboat’s seat.

15. Make sure that the cords’ knots are tied tightly.

16. The crew’s bunks were below deck.

17. All the cabins’ doors were locked.

18. The sailors’ friends waited for them to come ashore.




Lesson 13Write the correct form of the plural possessive nounin each sentence.

1. The (womans’/women’s) ferry ride lasted thirty minutes.

2. The ship’s cook sharpened the (knives’/knifes’) blades.

3. The captain explained that the cargo was (sheeps’/sheep’s) wool.

4. The (mens’/men’s) survival was an extraordinary event.

5. The (wive’s/wives’) plan to throw a welcome party was a success.

Write each sentence with the plural possessive form of the word in parentheses ( ).

6. The (child) trip was to a wildlife center near Boston.

7. In the rodent room, they saw the (mouse) cages.

8. They visited New England in fall, when the (leaf) colors changed.

9. A program was introduced to help gray (wolf) survival in New England.

10. Many (people) support helped the program grow.



Name


(1) The men’s boat is ready to set sail. (2) The men will be

away at sea for many days. (3) Their families gather on the dock

to wave good-bye. (4) The men kiss their wives and accept their

children hugs. (5) One man’s family even brings the dog to say

good-bye! (6) The captain’s son sounds the boat’s horn, and the

men begin to board.

1. Which of the following hasno possessive nouns?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 5D Sentence 6

2. How should the underlined wordin Sentence 4 be written?A childrens’B children’sC childs’ D childrens’s

3. Which is a plural possessive noun?A men’s B familiesC wivesD man’s

4. Which BEST describes the underlined word in Sentence 6?A singular nounB singular possessive nounC plural nounD plural possessive noun

5. How many possessive nouns arein Sentence 6?A oneB twoC threeD none

6. Which is a singular possessive noun?A men’sB daysC captain’sD sounds





Lesson 13Circle the possessive nouns and label each as singular or plural.

1. This country’s history is very interesting.

2. After many days at sea, the settlers’ journey ended.

3. The people’s supplies did not last the entire winter.

4. The first colony’s population included many children.

5. Up until age eight, boys’ clothing was the same as girls’ clothing.

Rewrite the sentences. Replace the underlined words with a possessive noun and the word or words that tell what the noun possesses.

6. The streets of Boston were quiet.

7. Alisha visited the historical sites of the city.

8. I read about the lives of women during colonial times.

9. Rebecca thought the stars and stripes of the flag were a good design.

10. He answered the questions the children had about the Mayflower voyage.



Name Pronouns andAntecedents

Lesson 14Circle the pronoun and underline the antecedent in each sentence.

1. My parents wanted me to show them my science test.

2. The test was upstairs, and I fetched it.

3. I studied with Bianca, and she explained the water cycle.

4. Angela said she knew about evaporation and condensation.

5. Jorge studied hard for the test, and he got an A.

6. Before she took the test, Claire was very nervous.

7. Jon let Cesar borrow his notes on precipitation.

8. Jon and Cesar studied until they felt confident.

9. After they took the test, the students had a party.

10. There were 30 students in the class, but only 25 of them went to the party.

Write the correct pronoun in each blank and label the pronoun as singular or plural. If the pronoun is singular, label it as masculine, feminine, or neuter.

11. Roger announced that wants to build a weather station.

12. Maria would like to help Roger, but schedule is too busy.

13. Evan and Rick watched clouds as part of weather project.

14. Sarah bought several thermometers and put in different places.

15. I checked the weather vane and saw that pointed east.




Lesson 14Write the pronoun and its antecedent in the following sentences.

1. Joe wanted to be a meteorologist. He kept a weather journal.

pronoun: antecedent:

2. Did you hear the storm last night? It was so loud!


3. Ms. Henshaw recorded the temperature. John helped her.


4. I had trouble with Mr. Anderson’s lesson. Should I ask him for extra help?


5. The Davidsons invited Leah to go sledding. They have an extra sled.


6. The students saw frost on the ground. It soon melted away.


7. I forgot to check the rain guage for Anna. She was not angry.


8. Keith and Jenna gave Mia a book about weather. Mia thanked them.


Circle the correct pronoun and underline the antecedent.

9. Brenda went outdoors. Would you like to leave (she/her) a message?

10. My neighbors moved to Alaska. (Their/They) like the snow.

11. At room temperature, ice melts gradually. (It/He) does not melt immediately.

12. Bret explained how water evaporates. (His/He) explanation really helped me!

13. May helped Charlie make a barometer. (It/He) was thankful for the favor.

14. Beth fell on the ice. (Her/Their) arm was sprained, but (him/she) is all right.

15. The boys have left for the lake. If you hurry, you can catch (him/them).



Name

Lesson 14

1. Which sentence uses a pronoun incorrectly?A Sentence 2B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

2. Which pronoun would be an appropriate replacement for the underlined words in Sentence 4?A herB themC itD him

3. Which is the antecedent of the pronoun it in Sentence 2? A global warmingB greenhouseC effectD global

4. Which is the antecedent for they in Sentence 5?A global warmingB Earth’s atmosphereC the greenhouse effectD pollutants

5. Which sentence has no pronoun?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 5

6. Which would be the correct pronoun in Sentence 3? A theyB heC itD she

(1) Global warming has become a popular topic among scientists in

recent years. (2) Because global warming acts to “put Earth in a greenhouse,”

it is also called the greenhouse effect. (3) Sunlight enters the atmosphere and

then she warms Earth’s surface. (4) Pollutants in the air prevent the heat from

leaving, trapping the heat in Earth’s atmosphere. (5) These pollutants must be

controlled because they will cause serious problems if Earth gets too hot.

Read this part of the student’s rough draft. Then answer the questions that follow.





Lesson 14Circle the antecedent for each underlined pronoun. Write whether the word is singular or plural.

1. I can’t use my bathtub. Water won’t go down its drain.

2. I telephoned my brothers to ask for help, but they were busy.

3. Dinah offered me her tools, but they didn’t work.

4. The plumber said he can come in the morning.

5. Until then, Gina said, I can use the bathtub in her house.

6. I asked my landlord if she would pay for the repairs.

7. Our lease says that she is responsible. It is in the filing cabinet.

Rewrite the sentences, replacing underlined words with pronouns.

8. Every winter, my friends call me when my friends know the lake is frozen.

9. Jason said that Jason would go ice-skating, and I want to go with Jason.

10. I am meeting Sarah at the lake. Sarah will help me practice skating.

11. Jenna left Jenna’s skates at Jenna’s friend’s house.

12. Whenever my mother goes ice-skating, my mother has a good time.



Name

Lesson 15

(1) I went traveling with my Family over summer vacation. (2) We

drove to canada to see the moose. (3) We stopped at niagara Falls and

rode a boat called the Maid of the Mist. (4) The spray from the falls

soaked my pants, but my brother theo had an extra pair for me. (5) The

souvenirs we bought had maple leaf on them, because there is a maple

leaf on Canada’s flag.

1. Which sentence incorrectly spells a common noun with a capital letter?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 4

2. Which is the correct spelling of the underlined word in Sentence 2?A moosiesB miceC moosesD correct as is

3. Which word in Sentence 4 should begin with a capital letter?A sprayB pantsC theoD extra

4. Which is an incorrectly capitalized proper noun in Sentence 3?A stoppedB niagara FallsC boatD Maid of the Mist

5. Which word in Sentence 2 should be written with a capital letter?A drove B seeC canadaD moose

6. Which is the correct plural of the underlined word in Sentence 5?A leafsB leafesC leavesD leavs


Grammar–Writing Connection



Name


(1) Jason was a hero in Greek mythology, and he sailed a ship

called the Argo. (2) The Argos crew members were known as the

Argonauts. (3) The Argonauts had many adventures with Jason.

(4) One of the missions of the Argonauts was to sail through the

Clashing Islands. (5) These two giant cliffs closed in on anything that

traveled between . (6) Jason’s ship was the first one to

pass through the cliffs safely.

1. Which is the antecedent for the pronoun in Sentence 1?A Jason B Greek mythologyC shipD Argo

2. Which is the correct punctuation for the underlined words in Sentence 2?A The Argos crew member’sB The Argos crew members’C The Argo’s crew membersD The Argos’ crew members

3. Which pronoun can be used to replace the underlined words in Sentence 3?A TheyB ItC SheD Its

4. Which is the correct possessive phrase for the underlined words in Sentence 4?A mission’s ArgonautsB missions’ ArgonautsC Argonaut’s missionsD Argonauts’ missions

5. Which pronoun should go in the blank in Sentence 5?A theyB themC herD he

6. Which word in Sentence 6 is a possessive noun?A Jason’sB shipC oneD cliffs




Name Subjective andObjective Case

Pronouns

Lesson 16Write the pronoun that could replace the underlinedword or words.

1. Brett writes in his journal every day.

2. His new journal is a gift from his older brother.

3. Brett says writing is both fun and rewarding.

4. Brett’s mother encourages Brett to write stories and poems.

5. Brett reads three poems aloud to Lee, Clark, and Gary.

6. The poems were published in the school newspaper.

7. Gary tells Brett that the poems are good.

8. The boys ask Brett’s mother to join their writing group.

9. Then Brett’s mother shows her writing prize to the boys.

10. The boys are speechless with surprise!

Circle the subjective case pronouns. Underline the objective case pronouns.

11. I often write newspaper articles with him.

12. Ana gave that assignment to us.

12. She travels to the office with Luis and me.

13. You can ask her for a raise next year.

14. Luis and I have a good time researching stories.

15. It is such an exciting job.

16. We work hard at it all year long!

17. Maybe he will show the photographs to you.

18. They are interesting, and some are funny, too.

19. A man makes a silly face in one of them.

20. He always knows which picture to give me for a story!




Pronouns

Lesson 16Complete each sentence, using either the pronoun I or thepronoun me.

1. My friend and wanted to visit the library.

2. My mother drove Nikki and to the bus stop.

3. She gave Nikki and tokens for the bus fare.

4. Nikki and liked the young-adult section best.

5. Next month, Nikki and plan to volunteer at the library.

If the sentence is correct, write correct. If it is not, rewrite it correctly.

6. Me and Jennifer read comic books.

7. She and I visited the offices of DC Comics, in New York City.

8. Learning about comics is fun for Jennifer and me.

9. Grandma gave some of her old comics to me and Jennifer.

10. Me and Lisa like to write and illustrate stories.

11. I and Lisa showed her our drawings.

12. Will you buy a comic book made by Lisa and me?



Name


(1) One day, I and my little sister decided to paint some pictures. (2) I found

some paper and paints for Missy and me. (3) Missy and I were having fun until she

started acting silly by painting her face. (4) I knew that she and me would get into

trouble if Mom found a mess. (5) I usually get scolded when there is trouble with

me and Missy. (6) I got her to help me clean up the mess, and we were reading a

book when Mom got home.

1. In which sentence are pronouns put in the wrong order?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 4

2. In which two sentences is the pronoun me put in the wrong order?A Sentence 2 and 4 B Sentences 2 and 5C Sentences 4 and 5D Sentences 4 and 6

3. Which is an objective case pronoun?A I (Sentence 1)B me (Sentence 2)C she (Sentence 4)D we (Sentence 6)

4. How should the underlined words in Sentence 3 be written?A I and MissyB Missy and meC Me and MissyD They are correct.

5. Which is a subjective case pronoun that could replace the underlined words in Sentence 4?A itB weC theyD us

6. How should the underlined words in Sentence 5 be written?A me and herB Missy and meC Missy and ID They are correct.





Pronouns

Lesson 16Fill in the blank in each sentence with a pronoun.

1. Mom, Dad, and will visit the home of Laura Ingalls Wilder.

2. The museum director has arranged a special tour for Mom, Dad, and .

3. “Dad and will pack the car,” I said.

4. We are taking some of Wilder’s books with .

5. plan to have a week of fun.

Write a sentence using each pronoun below. Then write whether the pronoun is used in the subjective or objective case.

6. we

7. it

8. him

9. you

10. me



Name Possessive

and Refl exiveCase Pronouns

Lesson 17Circle the correct possessive pronoun to completeeach sentence.

1. My cousin likes to tell stories about (her , hers) friends and neighbors.

2. She entertains (our , ours) family with the tales.

3. (My , Mine) town has a storytelling competition each summer.

4. Be sure to practice telling (your , ours) story before the competition.

5. The children tell (their , theirs) stories.

6. Jean’s story was the best in (mine, its) category.

7. The grand prize is (her, hers).

8. The Blue Team won (its, theirs) first competition this year.

9. This trophy is (my, mine).

10. (Ours, Its) letters spell the word “Champion.”

Rewrite each sentence. Complete it with a correct possessive pronoun.

11. Which seats are ?

12. I think seats are in the fourth row.

13. That seat is .

14. The actors exit the stage on right.

15. I can’t believe they are performing play!



Name Possessive


Lesson 17Circle the reflexive pronoun in each sentence. Underlinethe word to which the pronoun refers.

1. “I will teach myself how to write,” said David.

2. David promised himself that he would become a famous writer some day.

3. Kahlen said to David, “We must tell ourselves to stay focused.”

4. They worked hard and taught themselves how to write well.

5. You can help yourself by taking a writing class.

6. I took that class and enjoyed myself very much.

7. Rose promised herself that she would sign up for the course.

Rewrite each sentence. Use a correct reflexive pronoun to replace the underlined word or words.

8. Jana and Lori persuaded Jana and Lori to see the play.

9. Sonja must get Sonja ready, or she will miss her cue.

10. I will find a ride to the theater for me.

11. We found us lost in an unfamiliar part of the city.

12. Mark introduced Mark to the actors.



Name


(1) Our small town is peaceful, quiet, and boring. (2) I convinced myself

that nothing exciting would ever happen here. (3) One day, my friends and I were

enjoying ourselves playing baseball when we heard shouting. (4) People were

talking among and pointing at the sky. (5) We arrived in time to

watch two men land their hot-air balloon in the town square. (6) " e pilot said he

had dropped into town to buy a cool drink.

1. Which sentence has a possessive pronoun?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 4D Sentence 6

2. Which sentence has a possessive pronoun and a reflexive pronoun?A Sentence 1B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 6

3. Which is the reflexive pronoun in Sentence 3?A myB IC ourselvesD we

4. Which reflexive pronoun could fill in the blank in Sentence 4?A yourselvesB itselfC themselvesD herself

5. Which is a possessive pronoun?A myself (Sentence 2) B I (Sentence 3)C their (Sentence 5) D he (Sentence 6)

6. Which reflexive pronoun could fill in the blank in Sentence 6?A itselfB myselfC yourselvesD himself




Name Possessive


Lesson 17Circle the correct pronoun in each sentence.

1. The students will perform a play on ( theirs , their ) assembly day.

2. Margo has convinced ( yourselves , herself ) that she should audition for the lead.

3. ( Your , Yours ) lines are underlined.

4. Please return ( my , mine ) script after you read it.

5. The scene she is reading is ( her , hers ) favorite.

6. The stage needs to have ( its , their ) boards replaced.

7. Chris, you need to read your lines by ( yourself , yours ).

8. The students asked ( themselves , their ) if anyone would come.

9. We need to get ( us , ourselves ) to the auditorium for the play.

10. On opening night, my father drove ( ourselves , himself ) to the school.

Use each pronoun correctly in a sentence.

11. your

12. themselves

13. yourself

14. its

15. hers



Name Adjectives andArticles

Lesson 18Write whether each underlined adjective is an article or whether it tells what kind, how many, or which one.

1. Laurie’s prize calf was kept in the livestock tent.

2. She was the first person in her family to win.

3. Her mom invited Laurie’s two cousins to celebrate with Laurie.

4. The red door opened, and someone shouted, “Surprise!”

5. Laurie was delighted to see her two Russian cousins!

6. Laurie had many things to be happy about today.

7. She asked her mom how she kept her cousins’ visit a secret.

8. “Your helpful friends planned the surprise with me,” she said.

Write the correct form of the adjective for each sentence.

9. Of all the farm animals, a rabbit is the (fun) to own.

10. Of the two rabbits I have, Bouncer is the (playful) one.

11. She has the (pretty) eyes I have ever seen!

12. On the (hot) days of summer, I give her lots of water.

13. Bouncer hops (fast) than Bertie hops.

14. Bouncer is also the (hungry) rabbit.

15. The (funny) thing of all is that even my dog Sam likes Bouncer!

Write a short paragraph about two pets you know or have read about. Use the correct forms of adjectives to compare the two pets.




Lesson 18Circle each adjective used to compare. Then underline thebasic form of the adjective.

1. Zach felt that he was a better bass player than singer.

good bad

2. His mother said his bass playing sounded worse than a broken record.

good bad

3. She thought he was the worst bass player in the world!

good bad

4. However, she thought he was the best singer in the whole school.

good bad

Rewrite each sentence, using the correct form of the adjective in parentheses ( ).

5. Between science and language arts, I am (good) in science.

6. Among my other four subjects, I am (good) in math.

7. Of all my classes, I received my (bad) grade in gym.

8. I have (bad) swimming skills than my friend Karl.

9. I hope to get (good) grades next year than I did this year.

10. Ebony has the (good) artistic skills in the whole fifth grade.



Name


(1) For about two minutes, I thought I was a more better skier than my friend

Rose. (2) I was skiing down the most scary bunny slope in the world, and suddenly

I was out of control. (3) Th e taller instructor was yelling at me to sit down. (4) I was

the most afraid I had ever been in my life! (5) I skied right through a parking lot

and into a fl ock of Canada geese. (6) It was the worst day of our vacation.

1. How should the underlined words in Sentence 1 be written?A more goodB betterC most bestD Make no change.

2. How should the underlined words in Sentence 2 be written? A more scaryB scarierC scariestD Make no change.

3. Which sentence has an adjective that is a correct two-word phrase?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 4

4. Which describes the word tallerin Sentence 3?A basic adjectiveB comparative adjectiveC superlative adjectiveD article

5. Which sentence contains an adjective that tells HOW MANY? A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 4D Sentence 6

6. Which describes the word worstin Sentence 6?A basic adjectiveB comparative adjectiveC superlative adjectiveD article





Lesson 18Rewrite each underlined adjective. Then write whether it isan article or whether it tells which one, what kind, or how many.

1. The big book fair starts next week at Ring Middle School.

2. Each student will get one free book with the money raised.

3. We will donate to the local library all the books that are not sold.

4. On the third weekend of March, many students will help out.

5. Few students at the school are not involved.

Circle the correct form of the adjective.

6. You are the ( most funniest , funniest ) person I know!

7. Of all my friends, you tell the ( better , best ) jokes.

8. Between you and your sister, you are the ( cleverer , cleverest ) comedian.

9. If you have a day that is ( worse , worser ) than mine, I’ll make you laugh, too!

10. Today is the ( greater , greatest ) day of my life.

11. We told my sister the ( more hilarious , most hilarious ) joke of all.

12. I have never seen her ( happy , happier ) than she was today.



Name Main andHelping Verbs

Lesson 19Underline the verb in each sentence.

1. Thomas Edison’s mother teaches him at home.

2. He reads many books about inventions.

3. He learns about science.

4. Thomas Edison works in his laboratory.

5. He experiments with telephones.

6. Edison invents many things.

7. A phonograph plays recorded sound.

8. My family plans a trip.

9. We visit the Edison home in New Jersey.

10. Many articles and books praise the inventor.

Rewrite each sentence, using a main verb to complete each one.

11. Dee in her garage.

12. She and I the plans for the new toy.

13. Jamie us with the design.

14. Dee’s dad to us from the house.

15. The local newspaper us about our invention.




Lesson 19Underline the verb phrase. Then circle the helping verb.

1. Lisa and Terrence have entered a project in the science fair.

2. Carla has participated this year as well.

3. I could not help her with her project.

4. David should write about the science fair.

5. What did you think about Carla’s work?

6. Keira did not enjoy her presentation.

7. The judges will score the projects.

8. Lisa was talking to Terrence about their invention.

9. Lisa is thinking about her next project.

10. Terrence can work on it with her.

Rewrite each sentence, using a helping verb to complete each one.

11. Thomas Edison known as an inventor.

12. He created more than one thousand inventions.

13. Shane not convinced that the phonograph is the best invention.

14. I not tell you the subject of my science report.

15. Willa write about Thomas Edison.



Name


(1) � e young boy risen long before the sun. (2) He

not sleep longer. (3) His mind was churning with ideas. (4) He of a

new invention. (5) Minutes ago, the boy were sleeping soundly in his bed. (6) But

now he on his experiments through the rest of the night.

1. Which helping verb completes the verb phrase in Sentence 1?A hadB have C wouldD did

2. Which helping verb completes the verb phrase in Sentence 2? A isB could C have D has

3. How should the underlined helping verb in Sentence 3 be written? A wereB didC wouldD correct as is

4. Which verb phrase completes Sentence 4? A did thoughtB are thinkingC had thoughtD were thinking

5. How should the underlined verb phrase in Sentence 5 be written?A is sleepingB was sleepingC are sleepingD correct as is

6. Which verb phrase best completes Sentence 6?A will be workingB are workingC were workingD have worked





Lesson 19Circle the main verb in each sentence. Underline thehelping verb or verbs.

1. None of the players has missed a single class.

2. Derek will probably get the prize for best science project.

3. Ben is winning the Most Improved certificate this year.

4. Our class has placed first in the science trivia competition.

5. The principal will distribute the awards at the school banquet.

6. We would have liked a larger audience for our play about Thomas Edison.

7. Next month the teacher will have auditions for the next play.

8. She would like that as many students as possible take part.

Fill in the blank to complete each sentence. Include a verb phrase.

9. The laboratory repairs .

10. The inventor for volunteers.

11. Six workers to help with the new work.

12. There many opportunities to share your ideas.

13. I the team for this project.

14. Kara to make her experiment work.

16. Gloria about inventing something also.



Name


(1) I clean my room each week. (2) Today I ask how I can get

the chore done more quickly. (3) I decide to invent a room-cleaning machine!

(4) I think that machine will be very successful. (5) I ask my friends

if will help me with this plan. (6) We talk among ourselves about

how exciting this is!

1. Which pronoun completes Sentence 2?A yourselvesB myselfC yourselfD me

2. Which is a subjective case pronoun?A I (Sentence 1)B the (Sentence 2)C my (Sentence 5)D ourselves (Sentence 6)

3. Which kind of pronoun is We in Sentence 6?A subjectiveB objectiveC possessiveD reflexive

4. Which pronoun completes Sentence 4?A himB theirsC myD mine

5. Which pronoun completes Sentence 5?A theyB theirC themselvesD your

6. Which kind of pronoun isourselves in Sentence 6?A subjectiveB objectiveC possessiveD reflexive




Name

Lesson 20



(1) Peter pulled the sleeping bag tightly around his shoulders. (2) � is was the

miserable night of Peter’s life. (3) Jeremy and Brad shivering just as he

was. (4) � e wind was slapping the loose tent fl ap back and forth. (5) Someone should

invent a heated sleeping bag, thought Jeremy. (6) Eventually, the three campers fell

asleep, and Peter dreamed that he invented the sleeping bag ever!

1. Which helping verb completes Sentence 3?A isB wasC wereD will

2. Which describes the word loose in Sentence 4?A It is an adjective.B It is a pronoun.C It is the main verb.D It is a helping verb.

3. How should the underlined adjective in Sentence 2 be written?A more miserableB most miserableC less miserableD correct as is

4. Which does the adjective three in Sentence 6 tell?A which one of the campersB what kind of campersC how many campersD the actions of the campers

5. Which adjective completes Sentence 6?A goodB betterC most goodD best

6. Which describes the underlined words in Sentence 5?A They make up a verb phrase.B They are both main verbs.C They are both helping verbs.D They are adjectives.



Name Action and Linking Verbs

Lesson 21Underline each verb. Then identify it as action or linking.

1. Ronnie is the best gardener in the neighborhood.

2. He comes to the community garden every week.

3. After school, Gia rides her bike to the community center.

4. She plants flowers by the fence.

5. Ronnie and Gia observe their progress.

6. When is the open house?

7. The garden looks beautiful!

8. Ronnie feels tired at the end of a long day.

9. Gia makes pizza and salad.

10. They eat outside among the plants.

Complete each sentence with the kind of verb shown in parentheses ( ).

11. We the talent show on Saturday. (action)

12. The teaching staff the contest. (action)

13. I nervous about my performance. (linking)

14. All of my neighbors in the audience! (linking)

15. We a lot of money to give to the school library. (action)

Write six sentences about your day. Use three linking verbs and three action verbs.




Lesson 21Rewrite each underlined word and identify it as an action verb, a linking verb, or a direct object.

1. Carla read a book to learn about sea turtles.

2. She taught the group about turtles.

3. The information was very valuable.

4. The people decided they would take action.

5. The community developed a plan.

6. Write your name on the sign-up sheet if you want to help.

7. We felt good after our long meeting.

Write whether the verb in each sentence is action or linking. Underline the direct object if there is one.

8. Charles distributes pamphlets for the World Wildlife Fund.

9. He is enthusiastic about their work.

10. Jan appears interested in the information.



Name

Lesson 21

1. Which describes the underlined words in Sentence 1?A linking verb and direct objectB action verb and direct objectC linking verb and subjectD action verb and subject

2. Which is an action verb that could complete Sentence 2? A meetB areC becomeD gathers

3. Which sentences have both action verbs and direct objects?A Sentences 1 and 3B Sentences 1 and 4C Sentences 3 and 4D Sentences 4 and 5

4. Which sentences have linking verbs? A Sentences 1 and 3B Sentences 3 and 4C Sentences 3 and 5D Sentences 4 and 5

5. Which sentence has two action verbs?A Sentence 3B Sentence 4 C Sentence 5D Sentence 6

6. Which is a linking verb?A has (Sentence 1)B has turned (Sentence 4)C is (Sentence 5)D share (Sentence 6)

(1) The Garden Club has a meeting every year on May 1st. (2) The members

at Benji’s Restaurant to plan the garden. (3) Their garden was once an

abandoned lot. (4) The club has turned the lot into a green oasis. (5) The garden is

a popular meeting place during the growing season. (6) Members share some of the

harvested vegetables and take the rest of them to a local homeless shelter.

Read this part of a student’s rough draft. Then answer the questions below.





Lesson 21Draw one line under each action verb and two lines under each linking verb. Draw a circle around the direct object if there is one.

1. I wrote emails to my friend in New England.

2. She became important to me this year.

3. Dora has a house on the ocean.

4. She sent photographs of sea turtles to me.

5. They looked amazing.

6. I am surprised at their size.

7. Sea turtles lay eggs in the sand.

8. The turtles need a safe beach.

9. Are you certain of that?

10. We became interested in conservation.

11. We felt excited.

Write two sentences that have action verbs and two sentences that have linking verbs. Underline the verbs and write action or linking to describe each one.

12.

13.

14.

15.

Grammar Practice Book76


Name Present Tense;Subject-Verb Agreement

Lesson 22Write the correct present-tense form of the verb in parentheses ( ).

1. Marie and Sal (come) to the car wash to help.

2. Donna (carry) water and soap over to the car.

3. Gordon (place) his sponge in the bucket.

4. Wilma (wash) the tires.

5. Clare (fill) the bucket with water again.

6. The man in the blue car (drive) onto the lot.

7. The car’s engine (purr) like a kitten.

8. He (watch) the kids working.

9. More cars (wait) in line.

10. The children (make) money for their project.

Rewrite each sentence, correcting each present-tense verb to agree with its subject.

11. The kids listens to John’s ideas for raising money.

12. He want to have a bake sale.

13. Greg and Paul decides they will bake muffins.

14. Tamika greet everyone with a smile.

15. She thank them for giving money to their school.




Lesson 22Rewrite each sentence. Choose the correct verb in parentheses ( ) to complete each one.

1. Jesse (lies, lays) down to take a nap.

2. Please (sit, set) in your assigned seat.

3. (Lie, Lay) the blanket on the bed.

4. The hot air balloons (rise, raise) into the air.

5. Please (rise, raise) your hand if you need assistance.

6. Paul (sits, sets) his books on the floor.

Choose a verb from the box to complete each sentence. Use each verb only once. Write it in present tense, and make sure it agrees with the subject.

7. Uncle Greg in the passenger seat of the van.

8. The volunteers the heavy boxes above their heads.

9. My mother is tired and on the sofa.

10. your bags over there.

11. We the baby in the crib.

12. Our kites catch the breeze and up above the trees.

lie lay sit set rise raise

78 Grammar Practice Book78 Grammar Practice Book


Name

Lesson 22

1. Which present-tense verb could complete Sentence 1?A laysB layC liesD lie

2. Which present-tense verb could complete Sentence 2?A sitsB sitC setsD set

3. Which is the present-tense form of the underlined verb in Sentence 3 that agrees with the subject?A choosesB choseC chooseD will choose

4. Which is a present-tense verb that could complete Sentence 5?A startB startedC startsD will start

5. In which sentence is there correct agreement of subject and verb?A Sentence 1B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 6

6. How should the verbs in Sentence 4 be written?A measures and markB measure and markC measure and marksD measures and marks

(1) Darrell his jacket on the bench. (2) Lisa

her tool bag near the door. (3) Fred choose a piece of wood

that is on the floor. (4) Connie measure and mark the wood. (5) Then Cole

the power saw. (6) They cut wood to build a lemonade stand.






Lesson 22Circle the correct form of the verb in parentheses ( ) to complete each sentence.

1. The balloons ( rise , raise) in the air.

2. The party (celebrate, celebrates ) the opening of a new building.

3. Can you ( raise , rise) the flag?

4. Our club (present, presents ) the money to the director of the hospital.

5. The doctors and hospital staff ( sit , set) in the first row.

6. Several kids ( lie , lay) on the grass.

7. Other children ( play , plays) nearby.

8. The director ( thanks , thank) the community for its contribution.

9. I ( set , sit) the microphone down on the podium.

10. I ( lie , lay) down on the grass, too.

Rewrite each sentence correctly. Replace the incorrect verbs.

11. Jeff lays on the sofa and fall asleep.

12. Katie and Jim lie their books on the counter.

13. Paul sits his camera on the shelf.

14. Mia and Kyle watches the sun raising.

15. I cannot rises my sore arm very high.



Name Past and Future Tenses

Lesson 23Rewrite each sentence. Change the verbs from the present tense to the past tense.

1. We move from Mexico to California.

2. I pack my belongings and load them on the train.

3. There is a whistle, and the train starts moving.

4. My mother and father seem happy and excited.

5. My sister sits next to me and rests her head on my shoulder.

Write a sentence using each verb in the box. Use each verb in its future tense.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

visit fly care entertain play be drive




Lesson 23Fill in the missing form of each verb.

Write a correct form of the given verb to complete each sentence. Then label eachverb used as present tense, past tense, or future tense.

6. Hugo’s cat away. (run)

7. Andrea a picture of the cat on a poster. (paint)

8. Thalia a flyer to the post office. (take)

9. She it on the community board. (post)

10. After school, Hugo for his pet. (look)

11. His friends him search. (help)

12. Steve his bicycle across town. (ride)

13. Duane all the neighbors. (call)

14. Marcella the paper for notices. (read)

15. Late at night, the phone . (ring)

16. Mrs. Lopez the call. (answer)

17. Gina the cat in the schoolyard. (see)

18. The children and shout with joy. (jump)

Verb Present Tense Past Tense Future Tense

1. see see

2. climb climbed

3. appear appeared

4. hurry will hurry

5. trip trip



Name

Lesson 23

1. Which is a past-tense verb that could complete Sentence 1?A fallB fallsC fellD will fall

2. How should the underlined verb in Sentence 2 be written?A increaseB increasesC increasedD will increase

3. Which sentence correctly uses two past-tense verbs?A Sentence 1B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

4. Which sentence correctly uses a verb in the future tense?A Sentence 2B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

5. Which sentence incorrectly uses a verb in the future tense?A Sentence 2 B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

6. Which is the future-tense form of the verb shriek?A shriekB shrieksC shriekedD will shriek

(1) The snow for many hours yesterday. (2) Around

midnight last night, the wind increase in speed. (3) It howled and shrieked

outside the house. (4) Earlier this morning, the wind will whip the snow into

drifts against the walls and doors. (5) My dad will drive us to school in the

truck today.






Lesson 23Rewrite each sentence. Change each verb to its past-tense form.

1. Jayla will take her kitten to the veterinarian on Saturday.

2. Mr. Vargas smiles at her when she walks past his house.

3. The doctor weighs the cat and checks her for fleas.

4. She announces that the cat’s health is excellent.

5. Jayla will give the kitten a treat after the examination.

Underline the verb in each sentence. Then label each verb as present tense, past tense, or future tense.

6. Molly lives in the city of Los Angeles.

7. Molly and Kim planned a day trip to a hiking trail.

8. They will ask Milo, too.

9. He will arrive after lunch.

10. The trail needs bettter markers.

11. The heat made them tired.

12. They lose interest in the hiking trail.

13. The friends will ride bikes to the beach instead.

14. Molly, Kim, and Milo swim in the cool ocean water.



Name Perfect Tenses

Lesson 24Underline each verb phrase. Circle the main verb. Then label each verb as present perfect or past perfect.

1. The entire student body has assembled in the auditorium.

2. Mrs. Smith had purchased a flower for each of her children.

3. Kristen had never seen so many colorful flowers.

4. The students have visited every house on the street.

5. They have collected 300 cans of food for the shelter.

6. The students had exceeded their goal.

Write a sentence using each verb in the tense shown in parentheses ( ).

7. keep (present perfect)

8. escape (past perfect)

9. leave (past perfect)

10. fly (past perfect)

11. lay (present perfect)

12. observe (past perfect)



Name Perfect Tenses

Lesson 24Write the future-perfect form of each verb.

1. learn

2. speak

3. write

4. sell

5. lift

6. be

7. tell

8. pour

Write sentences using the future-perfect tense of the verbs below. Use each verb only once.

finish build read grow

9.

10.

11.

12.



Name

Lesson 24

1. Which is the verb phrase in Sentence 1?A hasB wanted to rideC has wantedD to ride

2. Which verb form should replace the underlined word in Sentence 2?A achievesB achievingC achievedD to achieve

3. Which form of the verb dream is used in Sentence 4?A past-perfect tenseB future-perfect tenseC present-perfect tenseD past-tense

4. Which sentence correctly uses a verb in the present tense?A Sentence 3B Sentence 4C Sentence 5D Sentence 6

5. Which form of the verb arrive is used in Sentence 3?A present-perfect tenseB past-perfect tenseC future-perfect tenseD present tense

6. Which form of the verb take is used in Sentence 6?A past-perfect tenseB future-perfect tenseC present-perfect tenseD past tense

(1) Lucas has wanted to ride the Super Coaster for as long as he can remember.

(2) He will have achieve his goal after today’s trip to Mega Park. (3) “The day has finally

arrived!” he thought. (4) He had dreamed of riding on Super Coaster many times.

(5) Finally, Lucas approaches the ride with a mixture of fear and excitement. (6) In a

matter of minutes, he will have taken the ride of his lifetime.





Name Perfect Tenses

Lesson 24Underline the verb phrase in each sentence. Then identify the tense of each one as present perfect, past perfect, or future perfect. 1. The class has gone on a field trip to the science museum.

2. When they return, they will have learned about city habitats.

3. Jenny had decided to write her science paper on birds that live in cities.

4. The library will have closed long before she arrives.

5. Who has borrowed my science book?

6. Yvonne had said Jenny could use her book.

Write a sentence using each verb. Use the verb tense shown in parentheses ( ).

7. draw (present perfect)

8. choose (past perfect)

9. paint (future perfect)

10. help (present perfect)

11. make (past perfect)

12. improve (present perfect)



Name Grammar–Writing Connection

Lesson 25

1. Which sentence has an action verb that does NOT agree with its singular subject?A Sentence 1B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

2. Which is a linking verb in Sentence 3?A isB asC startsD drives

3. Which verb could complete Sentence 2?A setsB setC sitsD sit

4. Which sentence has an action verb that does NOT agree with its plural subject?A Sentence 1B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

5. Which verb could complete Sentence 6?A raisesB raiseC risesD rise

6. Which sentence has a linking verb that does NOT agree with its subject?A Sentence 1B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

(1) It is the day of the big charity soccer match, and Jenna feel nervous. (2) She

on her bed and pulls on her new soccer shoes. (3) Jenna’s mom is excited

as she starts the car and drives Jenna to the match. (4) Jenna play her best soccer ever

during today’s match! (5) All of her friends cheers her on. (6) After the match, she

the trophy high above her head!




Name

Lesson 25

(1) Ms. Luiz will have given the order to start digging. (2) She had asked everyone

to join in the hard work. (3) “I told the mayor that we had completed this garden by

5:00 P.M. today!” said Ms. Luiz. (4) “Julio, what had you done with your shovel?” she

asked. (5) After many hours, the crew of workers finished all of the planting and

watering. (6) By the time she leaves, Ms. Luiz will have thanked every volunteer.

1. Which verb form should replace the underlined words in Sentence 1?A have givenB had givenC givingD give

2. Which form of the verb ask is used in Sentence 2?A past-perfect tenseB present-perfect tenseC present tenseD future tense

3. In Sentence 3, how could the verb complete be changed to present-perfect tense?A completeB will have completedC had completedD have completed

4. Which verb form should replace the underlined words in Sentence 4?A have doneB were doneC are doneD correct as is

5. Which sentence correctly uses verbs in the past tense?A Sentence 1B Sentence 3C Sentence 5D Sentence 6

6. Which is the verb tense of the underlined verb phrase in Sentence 6?A present-perfect tenseB future-perfect tenseC past-perfect tenseD future tense





Name Irregular Verbs

Lesson 26Rewrite each sentence with the past-tense form of the verb in parentheses ( ).

1. Lewis and Clark (begin) their journey.

2. The party of explorers (go) very far.

3. They (find) a route to the west coast.

4. The Native Americans (speak) to the explorers.

5. Lewis and Clark (keep) a journal of their travels.

6. They (spend) time making maps, too.

Use the past-tense form of a word in the box to complete each sentence.

swim come know run

7. Lewis and Clark they had a long way to go.

8. The explorers along the riverbank.

9. The horses across the river to the other side.

10. Eventually, the expedition to an end.

Write sentences, using the past-tense forms of these irregular verbs: lie, lay, sit, and fly.



Name Irregular Verbs

Lesson 261.–10. Complete the chart with the principal parts of each verb.

Infinitive Present Participle Past Tense Past Participle

to throw (is, was) throwing (have, has, had) thrown

to bring (is, was) brought (have, has, had)

to eat (is, was) eating (have, has, had)

to shake (is, was) shook (have, has, had) shaken

to take (is, was) (have, has, had) taken

to forget (is, was) forgetting (have, has, had)

Complete each sentence, using the verb and verb form shown in parentheses ( ).

11. (buy, past tense)

President Jefferson territory from France.

12. (want, past participle)

He to have the area explored.

13. (give, past tense)

He the job to Lewis and Clark.

14. (tell, past participle)

Jefferson them to find a routethrough the Rocky Mountains.

15. (study, present participle)

The men the wildlife.

16. (make, past tense)

They a map of the Missouri River.

17. (buy, past participle)

They four canoes from Native Americans.

18. (flow, present participle)

The water of the river north.




Lesson 26

1. Which verb form should replace the underlined word in Sentence 1?A shinesB shiningC shoneD shoned

2. Which word could complete Sentence 2?A swamB swumC swimmedD swim

3. Which verb form is used in Sentence 3?A infinitiveB present participleC past tenseD past participle

4. Which word or words could complete Sentence 4?A findsB findingC had foundD founded

5. Which verb form is underlined in Sentence 5?A infinitiveB present participleC past tenseD past participle

6. Which word or words could complete Sentence 6?A fliesB flownC is flyingD flew

(1) The sun shine and warmed the sand but not the chilly ocean. (2) No one

in the cold water. (3) Some of the explorers built a fire. (4) Farther down

the beach, a group of officers investigated a small cove they . (5) The sun

was setting when they left the beach to make camp. (6) A few seagulls in

circles above them.




Name

Lesson 26Complete each sentence with a verb form from the box.Then label each verb form as present participle, past tense, or past participle.

blew rode saw were biting had ridden

1. When traveling over land, the men on ponies.

2. Lewis many miles.

3. The explorers storm clouds gathering.

4. The wind most of the clouds away.

5. However, insects them all night.

Complete each sentence, using the verb and the verb form shown in parentheses ( ).

6. (rest, present participle)

The group after a long day of walking.

7. (drink, past participle)

Someone the last of the water.

8. (hear, past)

The men the sound of running water.

9. (run, present participle)

Someone ahead to find the source.

10. (come, past participle)

At last, they to the Columbia River!

Irregular Verbs



Name Contractions

Lesson 27Write the contraction for each underlined pair of words.

1. I am hoping to find gold.

2. It will be a difficult journey.

3. They are strong and brave.

4. We have got to climb 1 ,000 feet.

5. It is too steep for animals to go up.

6. We are carrying our supplies ourselves.

7. He said he had never been so far from home.

8. Two men say they have already had some luck.

9. Is this what you are looking for?

10. She is holding a nugget of gold!

Circle the word that correctly completes each sentence.

11. ( It’s ,Its ) very cold in the Yukon.

12. ( They’re , Their ) such hardworking miners.

13. They wear ( they’re , their ) boots and helmets.

14. ( Your , You’re ) expected to carry supplies.

15. He carries the bag by ( it’s , its ) handle.

16. “( Your , You’re ) claim is excellent!” said the man.

17. ( Its , It’s ) located down the road about a mile.

18. ( They’re , Their ) going to be rich!



Name Contractions

Lesson 27Write the contraction for each of the underlined words.

1. Women were not allowed to register a claim for gold.

2. The prospectors have not found the town.

3. The man said he does not want to mine at that creek.

4. She is not looking forward to the winter.

5. The people did not have enough food last year.

6. I do not see my supplies.

7. Is that not your pack of food?

8. We will not be part of that group of prospectors.

9. They could not find their way, and they got lost.

10. You should not listen to what they say.

11. Do you not see how much confusion you caused?

12. I’m sorry, but I was not sure of the directions.

13. They would not take responsibility for the mistake.

Rewrite each sentence with the correct contraction.

14. The woman could not believe what she saw.

15. I will not tell anyone about your discovery.

16. She did not say anything to her friend.





(1) Today, we are going for a ride over the canyon in a helicopter. (2) I

hope going to enjoy it. (3) � e last tour group said this was

favorite day trip. (4) You will have one hour to explore the canyon.

(5) You shouldn’t wander too far from the landing area. (6) return

fl ight leaves at six o’clock.

1. Which word could replace the underlined words in Sentence 1?A we’veB wereC we’reD we’d

2. Which word could complete Sentence 2?A yourB you’reC you’veD youre

3. Which word could complete Sentence 3?A theirB they’reC theirsD there

4. Which is the correct way to write the underlined words in Sentence 4 with a contraction?A You’veB You’ll haveC You will’veD You’ve had

5. The underlined word in Sentence 5 is a contraction of which words?A should haveB should notC should beD should are

6. Which word could complete Sentence 6?A You’llB YourC You’reD Yours



Name Contractions

Lesson 27Write the contraction for the underlined words in each sentence.

1. She is a daring explorer.

2. They are thinking about returning to California.

3. They are not finding gold here anymore.

4. We are out of food.

5. You have got two days to make a decision.

6. She could not make up her mind.

7. I have not had time to decide.

8. “I am too tired to plan anything,” said the woman.

9. “It is time to stop dreaming and go home,” he said.

10. It should not take very long to pack.

11. You will not have to travel so far this time.

12. He has found a new trail.

13. They still had not decided on a plan.

Underline the word that correctly completes each sentence.

14. (Its, It’s) cold and windy today.

15. (Their, They’re) leaving in an hour.

16. (Your, You’re) horses are prepared for travel.

17. (Their, They’re) saddles are clean and ready.

18. (Your, You’re) going to be late.



Name Adverbs

Lesson 28Underline each adverb. Identify whether the adverb tells how, when, where, or to what extent.

1. The team is climbing carefully.

2. They frequently stop to rest.

3. A guide often checks the sky for storms.

4. Suddenly, the guide waves his arms.

5. Everyone looks up.

6. The clouds above darken.

7. The climbers have to return immediately.

8. The team sadly looks at the mountain’s peak.

9. Then they quickly begin descending the trail.

10. They will finish the climb later.

Complete each sentence by using the correct comparative form of the adverb in parentheses ( ).

11. Jason hikes than Tom. (fast)

12. Of all the hikers, Leah walks the . (far)

13. I walk more than my sister. (slow)

14. This year’s trail map is than last year’s map. (good)

15. Mrs. Ruiz speaks the of all the climbers. (soft)



Name Adverbs

Lesson 28Underline the word in parentheses ( ) that correctly completes each sentence.

1. Jean didn’t have (no, any) cooking equipment.

2. Josh couldn’t find his backpack (nowhere, anywhere).

3. You shouldn’t (ever, never) go camping unprepared.

4. My hiking boots aren’t (nowhere, anywhere) to be found.

5. Don’t say (nothing, anything) about the missing flashlight.

If the sentence is correct, write correct. If it is incorrect, rewrite it correctly.

6. John wasn’t never afraid of water.

7. Kay has not learned nothing about first aid.

8. Jessie wouldn’t never forget her wet suit.

9. My sister has never gone diving with us.

10. Don’t say nothing about diving with sharks.

11. Nobody knows more scuba diving facts than Mr. Cain.

12. Liam doesn’t need no help packing his gear.





(1) Follow the tips, and you will soon know how to pack a backpack properly.

(2) First, make a list of equipment needed for your trip. (3) Roll your sleeping bag

tightly, and push it gently but fi rmly into its stuff sack. (4) � en,

place heavier items in your pack. (5) Pack sunscreen and snacks so that they are easily

reached. (6) Don’t never forget to review your checklist before you leave home!

1. Which describes the adverbs in Sentence 1?A Soon tells where; properly tells

how.B Soon tells when; properly tells

when.C Soon tells when; properly tells how.D Soon tells to what extent; properly

tells when.

2. Which word in Sentence 2 is an adverb? A FirstB ofC for D trip

3. Which is NOT an adverb in Sentence 3? A tightlyB push C gentlyD firmly

4. Which is an adverb that could complete Sentence 4?A notB fastC slowerD carefully

5. Which word in Sentence 5 is an adverb?A andB thatC soD easily

6. Which words should replace the underlined words in Sentence 6?A Don’t ever B Do not never C In no wayD Do ever



Name Adverbs

Lesson 28Underline the word or words that correctly complete each sentence.

1. The group sits (quiet, quietly) in the plane.

2. Daeshaun prepares (more eagerly, most eagerly) than Tom.

3. This jump is (easy, easily) for him.

4. Corrine (slowly, slow) fastens her belt.

5. Hal puts on his parachute (fast, faster) than Sue.

6. He (soon, soonest) gets ready.

7. I fly a plane (well, better) than my sister.

8. Rae skydives (well, better).

If the sentence is correct, write correct. If it is incorrect, rewrite it correctly.

9. I don’t know nothing about trapeze artists.

10. He hasn’t never seen the circus.

11. Marcy does not have no time to learn the routine.

12. She has not had none all week.

13. I would do anything to fly high like that!

14. They don’t never manage to finish the show on time.



Name Punctuation

Lesson 291.–10. Circle ten words that should be capitalized in the letter.

Rewrite each sentence with the correct capitalization and punctuation. Underline words that should be italic.

11. My report is called a walk on the moon.

12. My mother reads the magazine newsweek.

13. Did you see the movie apollo 13?

14. Let’s sing the song rocket man.

15. The last chapter in the book was called space travel in the future.

1317 Park street Orlando, FL 32801 june 11, 2008carsons, Incorporated708 third AvenueHouston, TX 77069

dear sir or madam:I am returning the DVD you sent to me.It arrived damaged and cannot be used.please refund my money.

sincerely, carolina Ruiz



Name Punctuation

Lesson 29Read each sentence. Add quotation marks where they are needed.

1. What should we do about our science project? Mark asked.

2. Dan said, I think we should make a model of an early spacecraft.

3. That’s a good idea, replied Egan. Let’s make a plan.

4. I will do the research, said Ben, if Dan and Mark gather the materials.

5. I agree, Ben, Mark said. I’d be glad to work with Dan.

6. We can meet at my house and get started, suggested Egan.

7. I’ll bring some of my mom’s brownies, offered Dan, if you’d like me to.

8. I’m allergic to chocolate, whined Egan.

9. That’s no problem, said Dan. I’ll bring some fig bars, too.

10. Let’s do it, they said.

Rewrite each sentence. Use correct punctuation, quotation marks, and capital letters.

11. where are you studying today dad asked.

12. let’s call Rosa suggested Becky.

13. yes, give her a call said Sue and ask her to meet us.

14. i will meet you there said rosa



Name Grammar–WritingConnection


(1) Let me read you the note I wrote to Aunt Kathy, said Josh. (2) “I want to thank

her for sending the book the coming of space travel. (3) dear aunt kathy, (4) thank

you for the copy of the coming of space travel. (5) My favorite chapter so far is called

walking on the moon. (6) your nephew, josh.”

1. Which punctuation is needed in Sentence 1?A quotation marks before Let and

after JoshB a comma after wroteC quotation marks before Let and

after Kathy,D a comma after you

2. Which is the correct way to show the title of the book in Sentence 2?A The Coming of Space TravelB The Coming Of Space TravelC “The Coming Of Space Travel”D “the coming of space travel”

3. Which is the correct way to write the greeting of Josh’s letter in Sentence 3?A Dear aunt kathy,B Dear Aunt Kathy,C Dear aunt Kathy,D dear aunt Kathy

4. Which words in Sentence 4 should start with capital letters?A Thank, Coming, Space, TravelB Thank, Coming, Of, Space, TravelC Thank, Space, TravelD Thank, The, Coming, Space,

Travel

5. How should the chapter title in Sentence 5 be written?A “Walking on the Moon.” B “Walking on the moon.”C walking on the moon.D “Walking on the Moon.”

6. Which is the correct way to write Sentence 6?A Your Nephew, JoshB Your nephew, JoshC your nephew, JoshD Your nephew Josh



Name Punctuation

Lesson 29Rewrite the parts of a letter. Use capital letters and correct punctuation.

1. dear monty

2. your friend

3. dear sir or madam

4. sincerely yours

5. write soon

6. dear mrs barnes

7. yours truly

8. 847 north waterview drive

9. chicago il 60613

10. april 17, 2008

Rewrite each sentence. Use correct punctuation. Underline words that should be italic.

11. maybe we can write a report about neil armstrong suggested anne

12. that’s a good idea said diane let’s get started

13. Mai read the chapter laika to her sister

14. our universe is a popular book





(1) My friend Ava has lived on Florida’s Gulf Coast for two years.

(2) really fun to visit her. (3) We are both serious bird-watchers.

(4) We like to use binoculars to watch the birds fl y around and build

nests. (5) � e birds haven’t never disappointed us. (6) We are thinking about taking

photographs of them next time!

1. Which names the form of the verb live used in Sentence 1?A past participleB present participleC past tenseD infinitive

2. Which word could complete Sentence 2?A It’dB It’llC It’s D Its

3. Which contraction could replace the underlined words in Sentence 3?A We’ll B We’re C We’ve D We’d

4. Which pronoun best completes Sentence 4?A theirB they’reC it’sD its

5. How should the underlined words in Sentence 5 be written?A haven’t ever B have not never C hadn’t neverD have’nt ever

6. Which names the form of the verb think used in Sentence 6?A past tenseB past participleC present participleD infinitive





(1) Can Neil be persuaded to help us with the play? asked Marla. (2) “If you ask

me,” said Keisha, “I think Neil will be the easy convinced of all.” (3) “Let’s fi nd a way to

get more students to join the drama club,” said Mandy enthusiastically. (4) “I’ll ask

Mr. Jennings to speak to the class” suggested Kate. (5) “I don’t think the students have

read macbeth,” said Mr. Jennings. (6) “i think the show will go on!” exclaimed Marla.

1. Where should quotation marks be inserted in Sentence 1? A after play?B before help and after play?C before CanD before Can and after play?

2. Which form of the underlined adverb in Sentence 2 should be used?A most easilyB more easilyC easierD easiest

3. Which word in Sentence 3 is described by the adverb enthusiastically?A findB getC joinD said

4. Which is missing from Sentence 4?A periodB quotation marksC commaD capitalization

5. Which is the correct way to write the underlined title of the play in Sentence 5?A “macbeth”B “Macbeth”C MacbethD “Macbeth”

6. Which is wrong in Sentence 6?A periodB quotation marksC commaD capitalization





INDEX

AAbbreviations, 38–39

Action verbs, 73–76, 89

Adjectivesarticles, 63, 66

comparing with, 63–66, 72

Adverbs, 99–102, 108

comparing with, 99, 100, 102, 108

Antecedentsagreement with pronouns, 49–52, 54

Apostrophesin contractions, 95–98, 107

in possessive nouns, 45–48, 54

CCapitalization, 103–106

letters, 103, 105–106

proper nouns, 37, 39–40, 53, 103

quotations, 104, 106, 108

sentences, 2–3

titles, 103, 105–106, 108

Clausesdependent, 31, 33–34, 36

independent, 31, 33–34, 36

Commascomplex sentences, 32, 34

compound sentences, 23–24

compound subjects and predicates,

20–22

letters, 106

quotations, 104, 106

Common nouns, 37, 39–42, 44, 53

Complete predicates, 13–16, 18

Complete sentences, 1, 3, 10

Complete subjects, 13–16, 18

Complex sentences, 31–34, 36

Compound predicates, 19–22, 25–26, 35

Compound sentences, 23–26, 35

Compound subjects, 19–22, 25–26, 35

Conjunctions, 19–23, 26

subordinating, 33, 36

Contractions, 95–98, 107

DDeclarative sentences, 1–4, 17

Dependent clauses, 31, 33–34, 36

Direct objects, 74–76

EEnd marks, 2–3, 5–7, 17

Exclamatory sentences, 5–8, 17

FFeminine pronouns, 49

Fragments, sentence, 1, 10

Future perfect verbs, 86–88, 90

Future-tense verbs, 81–84

HHelping verbs, 68–70, 72

IImperative sentences, 5–8, 17

Independent clauses, 31, 33–34, 36

Infinitives, 92–93

Interjections, 6–8

Interrogative sentences, 1–4, 17




Irregular verbs, 91–94

Italics, 103, 105–106, 108

LLinking verbs, 73–76, 89

MMain and helping verbs, 67–70,

72, 85

Masculine pronouns, 49

MechanicsSee Capitalization; Commas; End marks;

Punctuation

NNegatives, 100–102, 107

Neuter pronouns, 49

Nounscapitalization of, 37, 39–40, 53, 103

common, 37, 39–42, 44, 53

possessive, 45–48, 54

proper, 37, 39–40, 53

singular and plural, 41–44, 53

OObjective case pronouns, 55–58, 71

Objectsdirect, 74–76

of prepositions, 27–30

PParticiples, 92–94, 107

Past participles, 92–94, 107

Past perfect verbs, 85, 88, 90

Past-tense verbs, 81–84, 90–94

Perfect-tense verbs, 85–88, 90

Phrasesprepositional, 27–30, 36

verb, 68–70, 72, 85, 87–88

Plural nouns, 41–44, 53

Plural possessive nouns, 45–48

Plural pronouns, 49, 52

Possessive nouns, 45–48, 54

Possessive pronouns, 59, 61–62, 71

Predicates, 9–12, 35

complete, 13–16, 18

compound, 19–22, 25–26, 35

simple, 13–16, 18

Prepositional phrases, 27–30, 36

Prepositions, 27–30, 36

Present participles, 92–94, 107

Present perfect verbs, 85, 87–88, 90

Present-tense verbs, 77–82, 84, 87

Pronouns, 49–52, 54

antecedents of, 49–52, 54

possessive, 59, 61–62, 71

reflexive, 60–62, 71

singular and plural, 49, 52

subjective and objective, 55–58, 71

Proper Adjectives, 63, 72

Proper nouns, 37, 39–40, 53

Punctuation, 103–106

abbreviations, 38–39

apostrophes in contractions, 95–98, 107

apostrophes in possessive nouns,

45–48, 54

colons, 106

end marks, 2–3, 5–7, 17




INDEX

Punctuation (con’t)

letters, 103, 105–106

quotation marks, 104–106, 108

titles (italics, underscores, and quotation

marks), 103, 104–106, 108

titles of people, 38–40, 53

See also Commas

QQuotation marks, 104–106, 108

RReflexive pronouns, 60–62, 71

Run-on sentences, 24–25

SSentences

capitalization of, 2–3

complete, 1, 3, 10

complex, 31–34, 36

compound, 23–26, 35

run-on, 24–25

simple, 23–26, 31, 35

Sentences, types ofdeclarative, 1–4, 17

exclamatory, 5–8, 17

imperative, 5–8, 17

interrogative, 1–4, 17

Simple predicates, 13–16, 18

Simple sentences, 23–26, 31, 35

Simple subjects, 13–16, 18

Singular nouns, 41–44

Singular possessive nouns, 45, 47–48

Singular pronouns, 49, 52

Subject-verb agreement, 77–80, 89

Subjective case pronouns, 55–58, 71

Subjects, 9–12, 35

complete, 13–16, 18

compound, 19–22, 25–26, 35

simple, 13–16, 18

Subordinating conjunctions, 33, 36

TTenses (verb)

future, 81–84

past, 81–84, 90–94

perfect, 85–88, 90

present, 77–82, 84, 87

Theme ReviewsTheme 1, 17–18

Theme 2, 35–36

Theme 3, 53–54

Theme 4, 71–72

Theme 5, 89–90

Theme 6, 107–108

VVerb phrases, 68–70, 72, 85, 87–88

Verbsaction, 73–76, 89

future-tense, 81–84

irregular, 91–94

linking, 73–76, 89

main and helping, 67–70, 72, 85

past-tense, 81–84, 90–94

perfect-tense, 85–88, 90

present-tense, 77–82, 84, 87

See also Subject-verb agreement


GrammarPractice Book

Teacher EditionGrade 5

Visit The Learning Site!

www.harcourtschool.com

Copyright © by Harcourt, Inc.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopy, recording, or any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publisher.

Requests for permission to make copies of any part of the work should be addressed to School Permissions and Copyrights, Harcourt, Inc., 6277 Sea Harbor Drive, Orlando, Florida 32887-6777. Fax: 407-345-2418.

HARCOURT and the Harcourt Logo are trademarks of Harcourt, Inc., registered in the United States of America and/or other jurisdictions.Printed in the United States of America

ISBN 10 0-15-349918-4ISBN 13 978-0-15-3499180

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 073 12 11 10 09 08 07 06

If you have received these materials as examination copies free of charge, Harcourt School Publishers retains title to the materials and they may not be resold. Resale of examination copies is strictly prohibited and is illegal.

Possession of this publication in print format does not entitle users to convert this publication, or any portion of it, into electronic format.

RXENL08ATE51_GPB_i.indd 1RXENL08ATE51_GPB_i.indd 1 10/26/06 5:21:35 PM10/26/06 5:21:35 PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

ContentsTHEME 1

Lesson 1 Declarative and Interrogative Sentences ..................................................... 3Lesson 2 Imperative and Exclamatory Sentences; Interjections ................................. 5Lesson 3 Subjects and Predicates .............................................................................. 7Lesson 4 Complete and Simple Subjects and Predicates ........................................... 9Lesson 5 Review .................................................................................................... 11

THEME 2

Lesson 6 Compound Subjects and Predicates ......................................................... 12Lesson 7 Simple and Compound Sentences ........................................................... 14Lesson 8 Prepositional Phrases ................................................................................ 16Lesson 9 Clauses and Phrases; Complex Sentences ................................................. 18Lesson 10 Review .................................................................................................... 20

THEME 3

Lesson 11 Common and Proper Nouns .................................................................... 21Lesson 12 Singular and Plural Nouns ........................................................................ 23Lesson 13 Possessive Nouns ..................................................................................... 25Lesson 14 Pronouns and Antecedents ...................................................................... 27Lesson 15 Review .................................................................................................... 29

THEME 4

Lesson 16 Subjective and Objective Case Pronouns .................................................. 30Lesson 17 Possessive and Reflexive Case Pronouns ................................................... 32Lesson 18 Adjectives and Articles ............................................................................. 34Lesson 19 Main and Helping Verbs ........................................................................... 36Lesson 20 Review .................................................................................................... 38

THEME 5

Lesson 21 Action and Linking Verbs ......................................................................... 39Lesson 22 Verbs: Present Tense; Subject-Verb Agreement ......................................... 41Lesson 23 Verbs: Past and Future Tenses .................................................................. 43Lesson 24 Verbs: Perfect Tenses ................................................................................ 45Lesson 25 Review .................................................................................................... 47

THEME 6

Lesson 26 Irregular Verbs ........................................................................................ 48Lesson 27 Contractions ............................................................................................ 50Lesson 28 Adverbs ................................................................................................... 52Lesson 29 Punctuation ............................................................................................. 54Lesson 30 Review .................................................................................................... 56

RXENL08ATE51_GPB_ii.indd iiRXENL08ATE51_GPB_ii.indd ii 10/26/06 5:22:28 PM10/26/06 5:22:28 PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

eD

ecla

rati

ve a

nd

In

terr

og

ativ

e Se

nte

nce

s

Less

on

1C

ircl

e ea

ch s

ente

nce

. Un

der

line

each

fra

gm

ent.

1.

Jua

n m

oved

to

a ne

w s

choo

l.

2.

The

frie

nds

pla

yed

bask

etba

ll in

the

yar

d.

3.

too

k th

e bu

s to

sch

ool.

4.

Mrs

. Jan

is, t

he m

ath

teac

her.

5.

han

ded

out

test

s.

6.

The

tea

cher

col

lect

ed t

he h

omew

ork.

Lab

el e

ach

lin

e o

f w

ord

s as

a s

ente

nce

or

a fr

agm

ent.

Ad

d w

ord

s to

eac

h f

rag

men

t to

m

ake

a co

mp

lete

dec

lara

tive

sen

ten

ce.

7.

Ped

ro a

nd It

o tr

aded

bas

ebal

l car

ds.

8.

wal

ked

to s

choo

l.

9.

Tam

ara

jogg

ed a

roun

d th

e bl

ock.

10.

The

tea

cher

gav

e th

e fir

st t

est

on F

riday

.

11.

girl

s so

ccer

aft

er s

choo

l.

12.

Mic

helle

and

Den

zel e

xcha

nged

boo

ks.

Wri

te t

hre

e d

ecla

rati

ve s

ente

nce

s ab

ou

t w

hat

yo

u d

id in

sch

oo

l to

day

. Th

en w

rite

th

ree

inte

rro

gat

ive

sen

ten

ces

abo

ut

wh

at a

fri

end

did

in s

cho

ol t

od

ay.

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

sent

ence

fragm

ent;

Erin

wal

ked

to s

choo

l.

sent

ence

sent

ence

fragm

ent;

The

girls

pla

yed

socc

er a

fter s

choo

l.

sent

ence

Acce

pt re

ason

able

resp

onse

s.

1G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_001

.indd

19/

19/0

66:

46:0

4AM

3 Student Edition p. 1

RXENL08ATE51_GPB.indd 3RXENL08ATE51_GPB.indd 3 10/16/06 3:25:34 PM10/16/06 3:25:34 PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

eD

ecla

rati

ve a

nd

In

terr

og

ativ

e Se

nte

nce

s

Less

on

1W

rite

th

e in

terr

og

ativ

e se

nte

nce

s co

rrec

tly,

usi

ng

cap

ital

le

tter

s an

d e

nd

mar

ks.

1.

wha

t di

d yo

u ea

t fo

r lu

nch

2.

did

you

pic

k ou

t a

book

at

the

scho

ol li

brar

y

3.

whe

n di

d yo

u ge

t a

new

com

put

er

4.

who

hel

ped

you

with

the

hom

ewor

k

5.

whe

re d

id t

he t

each

er g

o

If t

he

inte

rro

gat

ive

sen

ten

ce is

co

rrec

t, w

rite

cor

rect

.R

ewri

te t

he

inco

rrec

t se

nte

nce

s co

rrec

tly.

6.

Why

doe

s N

eil m

iss

so m

any

rehe

arsa

ls

7.

How

doe

s th

e lib

raria

n or

gani

ze t

he b

ooks

?

8.

Whe

re is

the

sw

imm

ing

poo

l

9.

Wha

t tim

e is

soc

cer

pra

ctic

e?

10.

Whe

n do

we

get

our

rep

ort

card

s?

Wha

t did

you

eat

for l

unch

?

Did

you

pick

out

a b

ook

at th

e sc

hool

libr

ary?

Whe

n di

d yo

u ge

t a n

ew c

ompu

ter?

Who

hel

ped

you

with

the

hom

ewor

k?

Whe

re d

id th

e te

ache

r go?

Why

doe

s Ne

il m

iss

so m

any

rehe

arsa

ls?

corr

ect

Whe

re is

the

swim

min

g po

ol?

corr

ect

corr

ect

2G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_002

.indd

29/

9/06

6:39

:25

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e

Less

on

1R

ead

th

is p

art

of

a st

uden

t’s

roug

h d

raft

. Th

en a

nsw

er t

he

que

stio

ns

bel

ow

.

(1) P

eri h

as b

een

su

ch a

wo

nd

erfu

l fri

end

? (2)

Sh

e h

elp

ed m

e in

so

man

y

way

s w

hen

I b

rok

e m

y ar

m f

alli

ng

off

th

e p

aral

lel b

ars.

(3) w

hil

e o

ther

s in

th

e

clas

s la

ug

hed

at

my

clu

msy

fal

l, s

he

ran

to

my

sid

e ri

gh

t aw

ay. (4

) an

d w

ent

wit

h m

e to

th

e d

oct

or

to h

ave

my

arm

x-r

ayed

? (5)

Sh

e ca

rrie

d m

y b

oo

ks

to m

y

clas

ses,

an

d s

he

kep

t m

e la

ugh

ing

(6) D

o y

ou

un

der

stan

d w

hy

I th

ink

sh

e is

such

a g

oo

d f

rien

d?

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

does

NO

T ex

pre

ss

a co

mp

lete

tho

ught

?A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

2C

Sent

ence

3D

Sent

ence

4

2.

Whi

ch d

ecla

rativ

e se

nten

ce h

as

an in

corr

ect

end

mar

k?A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

2C

Sent

ence

3D

Sent

ence

6

3.

Whi

ch d

ecla

rativ

e se

nten

ce h

as

an e

rror

in c

apita

lizat

ion?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 3

DSe

nten

ce 5

4.

Whi

ch o

f the

se is

NO

T a

decl

arat

ive

sent

ence

?A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

2C

Sent

ence

3

DSe

nten

ce 6

5.

Whi

ch o

f the

se is

an

inte

rrog

ativ

e se

nten

ce?

ASe

nten

ce 2

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 6

6.

Whi

ch o

f the

se s

ente

nces

ha

s a

mis

sing

end

mar

k?A

Sent

ence

2B

Sent

ence

3C

Sent

ence

5D

Sent

ence

6

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

3G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_003

.indd

39/

9/06

6:40

:09

AM

4 Student Edition pp. 2–3


© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e D

ecla

rati

ve a

nd

In

terr

og

ativ

e Se

nte

nce

s

Less

on

1C

ircl

e th

e in

terr

og

ativ

e se

nte

nce

s. U

nd

erlin

e th

e d

ecla

rati

ve

sen

ten

ces.

1.

How

doe

s Ja

y lik

e hi

s ne

w s

choo

l?

2.

Wha

t do

es K

aren

enj

oy m

ost

abou

t he

r sc

hool

?

3.

Sar

a ta

kes

pia

no le

sson

s.

4.

Kei

sha

read

s m

agaz

ines

abo

ut t

rave

l.

5.

Jay

hel

ps

Lisa

with

the

mat

h ho

mew

ork.

6.

How

doe

s Su

san

pre

par

e fo

r th

e p

hysi

cal e

duca

tion

test

?

If t

he

sen

ten

ce is

co

rrec

t, w

rite

cor

rect

. Rew

rite

th

e in

corr

ect

sen

ten

ces

corr

ectl

y.

7.

Wha

t is

the

nam

e of

the

coa

ch.

8.

Joh

n an

d Ro

bert

o p

lay

bask

etba

ll ev

ery

Satu

rday

.

9.

wha

t do

es L

isa

disc

over

abo

ut h

er n

ew n

eigh

borh

ood?

10.

Gal

e tr

ies

out

for

the

volle

ybal

l tea

m.

11.

Why

is T

im w

aitin

g to

see

the

tea

cher

.

12.

I w

ill lo

ok in

my

desk

for

the

calc

ulat

or?

Wha

t is

the

nam

e of

the

coac

h?

corr

ect

Wha

t doe

s Li

sa d

isco

ver a

bout

her

new

nei

ghbo

rhoo

d?

corr

ect

Why

is T

im w

aitin

g to

see

the

teac

her?

I will

look

in m

y de

sk fo

r the

cal

cula

tor.

4G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_004

.indd

4

9/9/

06

6:41

:17

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e

Imp

erat

ive

and

Ex

clam

ato

rySe

nte

nce

s;In

terj

ecti

on

s

Less

on

2C

ircl

e th

e im

per

ativ

e se

nte

nce

s. U

nd

erlin

e th

e ex

clam

ato

ry s

ente

nce

s.

1.

Our

coa

ch fi

gure

s ou

t gr

eat

stra

tegi

es!

2.

Pitc

h a

curv

e ba

ll.

3.

Jill

hit

the

mos

t do

uble

s!

4.

Thr

ow t

he b

all t

o th

ird b

ase.

5.

Kee

p s

core

of t

he g

ame.

6.

We

won

!

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

as

an im

per

ativ

e se

nte

nce

or

an e

xcla

mat

ory

sen

ten

ce.

Use

co

rrec

t en

d m

arks

. Lab

el it

as

impe

rati

ve o

r ex

clam

ator

y.

7.

Les

lie h

it a

hom

e ru

n

8.

Slid

e in

to t

he b

ase

befo

re h

e ca

n ta

g yo

u

9.

Wei

mad

e an

am

azin

g ca

tch

10.

Thr

ow a

fast

ball

11.

I c

an’t

bel

ieve

I st

ruck

out

12.

Wal

k to

firs

t ba

se

Wri

te t

wo

imp

erat

ive

sen

ten

ces

and

tw

o e

xcla

mat

ory

sen

ten

ces

abo

ut

you

r fa

vori

te

spo

rt. L

abel

eac

h t

ype

of

sen

ten

ce.

Lesl

ie h

it a

hom

e ru

n! e

xcla

mat

ory

Slid

e in

to th

e ba

se b

efor

e he

can

tag

you.

impe

rativ

e

Wei

mad

e an

am

azin

g ca

tch!

exc

lam

ator

y

Thro

w a

fast

ball.

impe

rativ

e

I can

’t be

lieve

I st

ruck

out

! exc

lam

ator

y

Acce

pt re

ason

able

resp

onse

s.

Wal

k to

firs

t bas

e. im

pera

tive

5G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_005

.indd

59/

9/06

6:42

:37

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e

Imp

erat

ive

and

Ex

clam

ato

rySe

nte

nce

s;In

terj

ecti

on

s

Less

on

2W

rite

th

e in

terj

ecti

on

s in

th

e fo

llow

ing

sen

ten

ces.

1.

Wow

, Ran

di h

it a

hom

e ru

n!

2.

Oop

s, Je

ff hi

t a

foul

bal

l.

3.

Oh,

no,

I ca

n’t

belie

ve h

e m

isse

d th

at o

ne.

4.

Hey

, Jes

sie

caug

ht t

hat

fly b

all!

5.

Oh,

I st

ruck

out

.

6.

Who

a, Jo

rge

mad

e it

to s

econ

d ba

se ju

st in

tim

e!

7.

Aha

, Jam

ie s

tole

thi

rd b

ase!

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

, ad

din

g a

n in

terj

ecti

on

. Rem

emb

er t

o u

se c

orr

ect

pun

ctua

tio

n.

8.

Jor

ge b

ats

next

.

9.

She

tie

d th

e ga

me.

10.

Don

’t h

it th

at p

itch.

11.

Sha

una

mad

e a

base

hit.

12.

We

won

the

gam

e!

13.

I s

tubb

ed m

y to

e.

14.

I a

m h

ungr

y an

d tir

ed.

15.

Let

’s g

o to

the

sna

ck b

ar.

Grea

t, Jo

rge

bats

nex

t!

Wow

, she

tied

the

gam

e!

No, d

on’t

hit t

hat p

itch!

Gee,

Sha

una

mad

e a

base

hit!

Wow

Oops

Oh, n

oHe

yOh

Who

aAh

a

Awes

ome,

we

won

the

gam

e!

Ouch

, I s

tubb

ed m

y to

e!

Boy,

I am

hun

gry

and

tired

!

Hey,

let’s

go

to th

e sn

ack

bar!

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

6G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_006

.indd

69/

9/06

6:43

:56

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e

Less

on

2R

ead

th

is p

art

of

a st

uden

t’s

roug

h d

raft

. Th

en a

nsw

er t

he

que

stio

ns

bel

ow

.

(1) W

ow

, ou

r b

ask

etb

all t

eam

is g

oin

g to

th

e st

ate

fi n

als!

(2) N

ow

we

nee

d t

o g

et r

ead

y. (3

) Be

at p

ract

ice

on

tim

e. (4

) Wo

rk t

oge

ther

as

a te

am?

(5) Th

en

get

ou

t th

ere

and

pla

y yo

ur

bes

t. (6

) It

wil

l be

a ve

ry

exci

tin

g g

ame!

1.

Whi

ch o

f the

follo

win

g is

an

exc

lam

ator

y se

nten

ce?

ASe

nten

ce 2

B

Sent

ence

3C

Sent

ence

5D

Sent

ence

6

2.

Whi

ch o

f the

follo

win

g co

ntai

ns

an in

terje

ctio

n?A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

2

CSe

nten

ce 3

D

Sent

ence

4

3.

Whi

ch im

per

ativ

e se

nten

ce h

as

an in

corr

ect

end

mar

k?A

Sent

ence

2B

Sent

ence

3

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 5

4.

Whi

ch is

NO

T an

imp

erat

ive

sent

ence

?A

Sent

ence

2B

Sent

ence

3

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 5

5.

Whi

ch a

re t

he im

per

ativ

e se

nten

ces?

ASe

nten

ces

1, 2

, and

3B

Sent

ence

s 2,

3, a

nd 4

CSe

nten

ces

3, 4

, and

5D

Sent

ence

s 4,

5, a

nd 6

6.

Whi

ch o

f the

se is

NO

T an

inte

rject

ion?

AW

ow!

BA

h!C

Ala

s!D

This

is c

ool!

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

7G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_007

.indd

79/

9/06

6:45

:27

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e

Imp

erat

ive

and

Ex

clam

ato

ry

Sen

ten

ces;

In

terj

ecti

on

s

Less

on

2R

ewri

te t

he

follo

win

g a

s im

per

ativ

e se

nte

nce

s.

1.

The

bat

ter

hits

the

bal

l int

o th

e ou

tfie

ld.

2.

The

out

field

er t

hrow

s th

e ba

ll to

thi

rd b

ase.

3.

The

hitt

er b

unts

the

bal

l.

4.

He

tags

the

run

ner

out.

5.

She

ste

als

a ba

se.

Lab

el e

ach

of

the

follo

win

g a

s an

exc

lam

ator

y se

nten

ce o

r an

inte

rjec

tion

. Ad

d a

re

late

d e

xcla

mat

ory

sen

ten

ce a

fter

eac

h in

terj

ecti

on

.

6.

Oh,

no!

7.

The

may

or c

ame

to t

he g

ame!

8.

Wow

!

9.

We

won

the

cha

mp

ions

hip

for

the

third

sea

son

in a

row

!

10.

No

way

!

Hit t

he b

all i

nto

the

outfi

eld.

Thro

w th

e ba

ll to

third

bas

e.

Bunt

the

ball.

Tag

the

runn

er o

ut.

Stea

l a b

ase.

inte

rject

ion;

The

oth

er te

am m

ight

win

!

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

excl

amat

ory

sent

ence

inte

rject

ion;

Wha

t a c

lose

gam

e!

excl

amat

ory

sent

ence

inte

rject

ion;

I do

n’t b

elie

ve it

!

8G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_008

.indd

8

9/19

/06

6:4

6:41

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

eSu

bje

cts

and

Pr

edic

ates

Less

on

3C

ircl

e th

e su

bje

ct. U

nd

erlin

e th

e p

red

icat

e.

1.

Jo

pra

ctic

ed t

he p

iano

eve

ry d

ay.

2.

The

tw

o vi

olin

ists

pla

yed

a du

et.

3.

The

orc

hest

ra r

ehea

rsed

in t

he a

udito

rium

.

4.

The

mus

icia

ns p

ract

iced

eve

ry d

ay u

ntil

the

conc

ert.

5.

Sop

hie

sang

in t

he s

choo

l cho

rus.

Rew

rite

th

ese

sen

ten

ces,

put

tin

g t

he

wo

rds

in a

n o

rder

th

at m

akes

sen

se.

Cir

cle

the

sub

ject

an

d u

nd

erlin

e th

e p

red

icat

e.

6.

jaz

z A

llen

liste

ned

to.

7.

bea

utifu

l wro

te s

ongs

Les

lie.

8.

a fl

ute

boug

ht E

ric.

9.

the

vio

lin M

icha

el p

laye

d.

10.

gat

here

d ar

ound

eve

ryon

e th

e p

iano

.

11.

gav

e th

e q

uart

et a

con

cert

.

Wri

te t

hre

e se

nte

nce

s ab

ou

t yo

ur

favo

rite

mu

sic.

Cir

cle

the

sub

ject

an

d u

nd

erlin

e th

e p

red

icat

e in

eac

h s

ente

nce

.

Alle

n lis

tene

d to

jazz

.

Lesl

ie w

rote

bea

utifu

l son

gs.

Eric

bou

ght a

flut

e.

Acce

pt re

ason

able

resp

onse

s.

Mic

hael

pla

yed

the

viol

in.

Ever

yone

gat

here

d ar

ound

the

pian

o.

The

quar

tet g

ave

a co

ncer

t. 9G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_009

.indd

99/

19/0

66:

47:5

9AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

eSu

bje

cts

and

Pr

edic

ates

Less

on

3La

bel

eac

h li

ne

of

wo

rds

as a

sen

tenc

e o

r a

frag

men

t. A

dd

a

sub

ject

to

eac

h f

rag

men

t to

mak

e a

com

ple

te s

ente

nce

, an

d w

rite

it o

n t

he

line.

1.

Jan

et s

ang

at t

he t

own

hall.

2.

fix

ed t

he b

roke

n m

icro

pho

ne.

3.

fou

nd a

dru

m s

tick

on t

he g

roun

d.

4.

bou

ght

the

conc

ert

ticke

ts.

5.

Jua

n sa

w a

lot

of h

is fr

iend

s at

the

con

cert

.

Lab

el e

ach

lin

e o

f w

ord

s as

a s

ente

nce

or

a fr

agm

ent.

Ad

d a

pre

dic

ate

to e

ach

fr

agm

ent

to m

ake

a co

mp

lete

sen

ten

ce, a

nd

wri

te it

on

th

e lin

e.

6.

Ale

x an

d M

aria

.

7.

Mat

thew

8.

The

mus

icia

ns.

9.

Her

fath

er fi

xed

the

brok

en C

D p

laye

r.

10.

Rac

hel.

sent

ence

fragm

ent;

Pete

r fix

ed th

e br

oken

mic

roph

one.

fragm

ent;

Emm

a fo

und

a dr

um s

tick

on th

e gr

ound

.

fragm

ent;

Joe

boug

ht th

e co

ncer

t tic

kets

.

sent

ence

fragm

ent;

Alex

and

Mar

ia b

ough

t tic

kets

to th

e co

ncer

t.

fragm

ent;

Mat

thew

wal

ked

onto

the

stag

e.

fragm

ent;

The

mus

icia

ns tu

ned

thei

r ins

trum

ents

.

sent

ence

fragm

ent;

Rach

el p

laye

d th

e vi

olin

in th

e or

ches

tra.

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own. 10

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_010

.indd

109/

9/06

6:54

:37

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e

Less

on

3R

ead

th

is p

art

of

a st

uden

t’s

roug

h d

raft

. Th

en a

nsw

er t

he

que

stio

ns

bel

ow

.

(1) Th

er

e ar

e so

me

very

tal

ente

d m

usi

cian

s in

ou

r sc

ho

ol.

(2)

Ali

sha

pla

yed

vio

lin

in a

co

nce

rt a

t th

e co

mm

un

ity

cen

ter.

(3) N

ath

anie

l

pla

yed

th

e ce

llo

on

nat

ion

al r

adio

. (4)

wo

n fi

rst

pri

ze in

a

pia

no

co

mp

etit

ion

. (5) S

om

etim

es, t

hes

e m

usi

cian

s .

1.

Whi

ch is

the

sub

ject

of

Sent

ence

2?

Avi

olin

BA

lisha

Cp

laye

d vi

olin

Dce

nter

2.

Whi

ch is

the

pre

dica

te o

f Se

nten

ce 3

?A

pla

yed

the

cello

on

natio

nal r

adio

BN

atha

niel

pla

yed

CN

atha

niel

Don

nat

iona

l rad

io

3.

Whi

ch o

f the

se is

mis

sing

a

pre

dica

te?

ASe

nten

ce 2

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 5

4.

Whi

ch o

f the

se is

mis

sing

a

subj

ect?

ASe

nten

ce 2

BSe

nten

ce 3

C

Sent

ence

4D

Sent

ence

5

5.

Whi

ch s

houl

d go

in t

he

blan

k in

Sen

tenc

e 5?

Ap

lay

mus

ic t

oget

her.

Bw

ere

Mat

thew

.C

was

Alis

ha.

Din

our

sch

ool.

6.

Whi

ch c

ould

go

in t

he

blan

k in

Sen

tenc

e 4?

ASe

cond

BKe

llyC

The

viol

inD

Play

ed

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

11G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_011

.indd

119/

9/06

6:55

:07

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e Su

bje

cts

and

Pr

edic

ates

Less

on

3C

ircl

e th

e su

bje

ct a

nd

un

der

line

the

pre

dic

ate

in e

ach

se

nte

nce

.

1.

The

hur

rican

e di

d no

t do

muc

h da

mag

e to

the

hou

se.

2.

The

win

dow

s w

ere

shat

tere

d.

3.

My

frie

nds

help

ed u

s.

4.

I lo

st m

y flu

te in

the

sto

rm.

5.

Ang

ela

rush

ed t

o th

e ho

use.

6.

My

fath

er fi

xed

the

roof

.

Wri

te a

sub

ject

or

pre

dic

ate

to c

om

ple

te e

ach

sen

ten

ce. L

abel

th

e se

nte

nce

par

t th

at y

ou

add

ed.

7.

The

sch

ool

8.

w

ere

brok

en.

9.

Cla

ire

10.

r

aise

d m

oney

to

hel

p h

omel

ess

peo

ple

.

11.

The

orc

hest

ra

12.

d

onat

ed c

loth

es

and

food

.

13.

Man

y bu

sine

sses

14.

s

tart

ed t

o cl

ean

up t

he m

ess.

15.

Her

par

ents

was

clo

sed

yest

erda

y. p

redi

cate

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

Thre

e w

indo

ws;

sub

ject

invi

ted

her f

riend

s to

her

hou

se. p

redi

cate

The

stud

ents

; sub

ject

gave

a c

once

rt in

the

park

. pre

dica

te

Man

y pe

ople

; sub

ject

sent

thei

r wor

kers

hom

e. p

redi

cate

On F

riday

, som

e pe

ople

; sub

ject

help

ed h

er fr

iend

s. p

redi

cate

12G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_012

.indd

12

9/9/

06

6:56

:35

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

eC

om

ple

te a

nd

Si

mp

le S

ub

ject

s an

d P

red

icat

es

Less

on

4W

rite

th

e co

mp

lete

sub

ject

on

th

e lin

e. U

nd

erlin

e th

e si

mp

le s

ubje

ct.

1.

The

shi

p s

aile

d fr

om N

ew Y

ork

City

.

2.

The

jazz

ban

d p

lann

ed a

tou

r.

3.

The

em

pty

airp

lane

flew

to

Ital

y.

4.

The

cro

wde

d bu

s tr

avel

ed s

low

ly.

5.

A lo

ng li

ne fo

rmed

in fr

ont

of t

he m

useu

m.

6.

The

tou

r gu

ide

show

ed u

s th

e ex

hibi

t.

7.

We

wan

ted

to v

isit

the

Eiffe

l Tow

er.

8.

My

mot

her

love

d th

e fo

od in

Fra

nce.

Wri

te t

he

com

ple

te p

red

icat

e o

n t

he

line.

Un

der

line

the

sim

ple

pre

dic

ate.

9.

Joh

n m

isse

d th

e tr

ain.

10.

The

gro

up v

isite

d th

e p

yram

ids.

11.

We

wal

ked

thro

ugh

a tu

nnel

.

12.

I r

ode

a ca

mel

.

13.

My

sist

er s

wam

in t

he D

ead

Sea.

14.

We

wen

t to

the

mar

ket

in C

airo

.

15.

Our

gui

de t

old

us a

bout

the

tow

n.

Wri

te a

sen

ten

ce a

bo

ut

a p

lace

yo

u h

ave

visi

ted

. Un

der

line

the

com

ple

te s

ub

ject

an

d

circ

le t

he

com

ple

te p

red

icat

e. T

hen

rew

rite

th

e se

nte

nce

. Th

is t

ime,

un

der

line

the

sim

ple

su

bje

ct a

nd

cir

cle

the

sim

ple

pre

dic

ate.

Acce

pt re

ason

able

resp

onse

s.

The

ship

The

jazz

ban

d

The

empt

y ai

rpla

ne

The

crow

ded

bus

A lo

ng li

ne

The

tour

gui

de

We M

y m

othe

r

mis

sed

the

train

visi

ted

the

pyra

mid

s

wal

ked

thro

ugh

a tu

nnel

rode

a c

amel sw

am in

the

Dead

Sea

wen

t to

the

mar

ket i

n Ca

iro

told

us

abou

t the

tow

n

13G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_013

.indd

139/

9/06

6:57

:57

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

eC

om

ple

te a

nd

Si

mp

le S

ub

ject

s an

d P

red

icat

es

Less

on

4C

ircl

e th

e si

mp

le s

ubje

ct. U

nd

erlin

e th

e si

mp

le p

red

icat

e.

1.

Ste

ven

clim

bed

to t

he t

op o

f the

bui

ldin

g.

2.

Jul

io w

atch

ed t

he c

hang

ing

of t

he g

uard

s.

3.

Jas

on w

ent

to t

he w

ax m

useu

m.

4.

Am

ira s

tudi

ed t

he m

ap.

5.

Man

y p

eop

le s

trol

led

in t

he p

ark.

6.

Our

tou

r gr

oup

ate

din

ner

at a

n In

dian

res

taur

ant.

7.

We

pac

ked

our

bags

bef

ore

brea

kfas

t.

Rew

rite

th

ese

sen

ten

ces,

put

tin

g t

he

wo

rds

in a

n o

rder

th

at m

akes

sen

se.

Cir

cle

the

com

ple

te s

ubje

ct. U

nd

erlin

e th

e co

mp

lete

pre

dic

ate.

8.

the

roa

d w

ound

vill

age

its t

he w

ay t

hrou

gh

9.

con

tain

ed m

any

the

inte

rest

ing

shop

s th

ings

10.

the

gre

eted

art

ist

his

visi

tors

11.

the

pho

togr

aphs

sal

e w

ere

for

12.

4:0

0 P.

M. l

eft

villa

ge w

e th

e at

13.

arr

ived

Joan

at

the

airp

ort

14.

Par

is fr

om t

op v

iew

ed o

f the

Eiff

el T

ower

the

the

y

The

road

wou

nd it

s w

ay th

roug

h th

e vi

llage

.

The

shop

s co

ntai

ned

man

y in

tere

stin

g th

ings

.

The

artis

t gre

eted

his

vis

itors

.

The

phot

ogra

phs

wer

e fo

r sal

e.

We

left

the

villa

ge a

t 4:0

0 P.

M.

Joan

arr

ived

at t

he a

irpor

t.

They

vie

wed

Par

is fr

om th

e to

p of

the

Eiffe

l Tow

er.

14G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_014

.indd

149/

9/06

6:59

:03

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e

Less

on

4R

ead

th

is p

art

of

a st

uden

t’s

roug

h d

raft

. Th

en a

nsw

er t

he

que

stio

ns

bel

ow

.

(1) M

y cl

ass

too

k a

tri

p t

o W

ash

ing

ton

, D.C

. (2) W

e w

ent

to t

he

Cap

ito

l. (3

) Th

e w

ho

le c

lass

wen

t to

th

e L

inco

ln M

emo

rial

. (4) M

y te

ach

er

arra

ng

ed a

to

ur

of

the

Wh

ite

Ho

use

fo

r u

s. (5

) It

was

ver

y ex

citi

ng.

(6) L

earn

ed a

lot.

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

is m

issi

ng

a su

bjec

t?A

Sent

ence

1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 5

DSe

nten

ce 6

2.

Whi

ch is

the

com

ple

te s

ubje

ct

in S

ente

nce

1?A

clas

sB

My

clas

sC

took

DW

ashi

ngto

n, D

.C.

3.

Whi

ch is

the

sim

ple

pre

dica

te

in S

ente

nce

2?A

We

Bw

ent

Cw

ent

to t

he C

apito

lD

to t

he C

apito

l

4.

Whi

ch is

the

com

ple

te p

redi

cate

in

Sen

tenc

e 5?

Aw

as v

ery

exci

ting

BIt

Cw

asD

exci

ting

5.

Whi

ch is

the

sim

ple

pre

dica

te

in S

ente

nce

4?A

My

teac

her

Bte

ache

rC

arra

nged

Dar

rang

ed a

tou

r of

the

W

hite

Hou

se fo

r us

6.

Whi

ch is

the

sim

ple

sub

ject

in

Sen

tenc

e 3?

A

The

who

le c

lass

Bth

e Li

ncol

n M

emor

ial

Cw

ent

to t

he L

inco

ln M

emor

ial

Dcl

ass

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

15G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_015

.indd

159/

9/06

6:59

:38

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e C

om

ple

te a

nd

Si

mp

le S

ub

ject

s an

d P

red

icat

es

Less

on

4A

dd

a s

ubje

ct o

r a

pre

dic

ate

to c

om

ple

te e

ach

sen

ten

ce.

Lab

el t

he

par

t yo

u ad

ded

.

1.

Jos

eph

.

2.

b

roke

dow

n th

ree

bloc

ks fr

om t

he h

otel

.

3.

The

airp

lane

.

4.

w

ere

at t

he t

heat

er.

5.

The

tax

i .

Wri

te a

sen

ten

ce u

sin

g t

he

sim

ple

sub

ject

an

d t

he

sim

ple

pre

dic

ate

giv

en.

6.

I, l

ost

7.

The

ala

rm c

lock

, was

8.

Jes

sie,

tel

epho

ned

9.

We,

wal

ked

10.

Tal

isha

, saw

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

wen

t to

the

mus

eum

; pre

dica

te

The

tour

bus

; sub

ject

took

off

for P

aris

at 8

:00

P.M

.; pr

edic

ate

The

ticke

ts; s

ubje

ct

sped

dow

n th

e ro

ad; p

redi

cate

I los

t my

wal

let.

The

alar

m c

lock

was

in th

e su

itcas

e.

Jess

ie te

leph

oned

the

rest

aura

nt to

mak

e a

rese

rvat

ion.

We

wal

ked

to th

e co

ncer

t hal

l.

Talis

ha s

aw b

oats

on

the

river

.

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own. 16

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_016

.indd

16

9/9/

06

7:01

:25

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e

Less

on

5R

ead

th

is p

art

of

a st

uden

t’s

roug

h d

raft

. Th

en a

nsw

er t

he

que

stio

ns

bel

ow

.

(1) W

hy

do

es o

ur

sch

oo

l hav

e a

tale

nt

sho

w e

very

yea

r. (2

) Ou

r st

ud

ents

hav

e so

me

very

un

usu

al t

alen

ts. (3

) Jav

ier

per

form

s so

me

amaz

ing

tri

cks.

(4) R

ian

na

trai

ned

her

do

g t

o b

alan

ce a

bal

l on

its

no

se! (5

) Mak

e su

re t

o g

o

to t

he

tale

nt

sho

w. (6

) It

is a

lot

of

fun

an

d f

ull

of

surp

rise

s!

1.

Whi

ch is

a c

orre

ct d

ecla

rativ

e se

nten

ce?

A

Sent

ence

1B

Se

nten

ce 2

C

Sent

ence

5D

Se

nten

ce 6

2.

Whi

ch is

an

imp

erat

ive

sent

ence

?A

Se

nten

ce 2

B

Sent

ence

3C

Se

nten

ce 4

D

Sent

ence

5

3.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

an in

corr

ect

end

mar

k?A

Se

nten

ce 1

B

Sent

ence

2C

Se

nten

ce 3

D

Sent

ence

5

4.

Whi

ch t

ype

of s

ente

nce

is

Sent

ence

1?

A

decl

arat

ive

B

excl

amat

ory

C

inte

rrog

ativ

eD

im

per

ativ

e

5.

Whi

ch is

an

excl

amat

ory

sent

ence

?A

Se

nten

ce 1

B

Sent

ence

2C

Se

nten

ce 4

D

Sent

ence

5

6.

Whi

ch t

ype

of s

ente

nce

is

Sent

ence

6?

A

decl

arat

ive

B

excl

amat

ory

C

inte

rrog

ativ

eD

im

per

ativ

e

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

17G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_017

.indd

17

9/19

/06

6:4

7:44

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e

Less

on

5

1.

Whi

ch is

the

sim

ple

pre

dica

te in

Se

nten

ce 2

?A

A

shle

yB

of

ten

C

pla

ysD

so

los

2.

Whi

ch is

the

err

or in

Sen

tenc

e 3?

A

It la

cks

a su

bjec

t.B

It

lack

s a

pre

dica

te.

C

It s

houl

d be

inte

rrog

ativ

e.D

It

sho

uld

be im

per

ativ

e.

3.

Whi

ch is

the

sim

ple

sub

ject

in

Sent

ence

4?

A

Her

B

teac

her

C

intr

oduc

edD

m

usic

ians

4.

Whi

ch is

the

com

ple

te p

redi

cate

in

Sen

tenc

e 4?

A

Her

tea

cher

B

has

intr

oduc

edC

ha

s in

trod

uced

her

to

som

e w

ell-k

now

n m

usic

ians

D

wel

l-kno

wn

mus

icia

ns

5.

Whi

ch is

the

sim

ple

pre

dica

te

in S

ente

nce

5?A

A

shle

yB

p

ract

ices

at

leas

t th

ree

hour

s a

day

C

at le

ast

thre

e ho

urs

a da

yD

p

ract

ices

6.

Whi

ch is

the

com

ple

te s

ubje

ct

in S

ente

nce

2?A

A

shle

yB

p

lays

C

solo

sD

co

ncer

ts

(1) I

th

ink

th

at A

shle

y w

ill b

e a

fam

ou

s vi

oli

nis

t so

med

ay. (2

) Ash

ley

oft

en

pla

ys s

olo

s in

th

e sc

ho

ol c

on

cert

s. (3

) an

d w

ins

som

e b

ig c

om

pet

itio

ns.

(4) H

er

teac

her

has

intr

od

uce

d h

er t

o s

om

e w

ell-

kn

ow

n m

usi

cian

s. (5

) Ash

ley

pra

ctic

es

at le

ast

thre

e h

ou

rs a

day

. (6) I

do

n’t

kn

ow

ho

w s

he

do

es it

!

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

18G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_018

.indd

18

9/9/

06

7:03

:00

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

eC

om

po

un

dSu

bje

cts

and

Pr

edic

ates

Less

on

6C

om

bin

e th

e p

air

of

sen

ten

ces

into

on

e se

nte

nce

wit

h a

co

mp

oun

d s

ubje

ct.

1.

The

par

k op

ened

at

8:00

A.M

. The

bea

ch o

pen

ed a

t 8:

00 A

.M.

2.

Reb

ecca

wen

t to

the

pic

nic.

Mar

k w

ent

to t

he p

icni

c.

3.

Eric

sw

am in

the

oce

an. G

abrie

l sw

am in

the

oce

an.

4.

Som

etim

es, C

hery

l tau

ght

volle

ybal

l. O

ther

tim

es, D

anie

l tau

ght

volle

ybal

l.

5.

Mom

dro

ve T

im t

o th

e be

ach.

Som

etim

es, D

ad d

rove

Tim

to

the

beac

h.

Co

mb

ine

the

pai

r o

f se

nte

nce

s in

to o

ne

sen

ten

ce w

ith

a c

om

po

und

pre

dic

ate.

6.

I w

ent

swim

min

g. S

omet

imes

, I p

laye

d vo

lleyb

all i

nste

ad.

7.

Jes

sie

built

a s

and

cast

le a

t th

e be

ach.

Jess

ie d

ug a

tun

nel t

hrou

gh it

.

8.

Kar

eem

sat

on

a be

nch.

Kar

eem

ate

ice

crea

m.

9.

Jen

na w

alke

d al

ong

the

beac

h. Je

nna

colle

cted

she

lls.

10.

We

pla

ced

the

tow

els

on t

he s

and.

We

open

ed t

he b

each

um

brel

la.

Mom

or D

ad d

rove

Tim

to th

e be

ach.

Rebe

cca

and

Mar

k w

ent t

o th

e pi

cnic

.

The

park

and

the

beac

h op

ened

at 8

:00

a.m

.

Cher

yl o

r Dan

iel t

augh

t vol

leyb

all.

I wen

t sw

imm

ing

or p

laye

d vo

lleyb

all.

Jess

ie b

uilt

a sa

nd c

astle

at t

he b

each

and

dug

a tu

nnel

thro

ugh

it.

Kare

em s

at o

n a

benc

h an

d at

e ic

e cr

eam

.

We

plac

ed th

e to

wel

s on

the

sand

and

ope

ned

the

beac

h um

brel

la.

Eric

and

Gab

riel s

wam

in th

e oc

ean.

Jenn

a w

alke

d al

ong

the

beac

h an

d co

llect

ed s

hells

.

19G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_019

.indd

199/

9/06

7:04

:39

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

eC

om

po

un

dSu

bje

cts

and

Pr

edic

ates

Less

on

6In

eac

h s

ente

nce

, un

der

line

the

com

po

und

sub

ject

or

circ

le t

he

com

po

und

pre

dic

ate.

1.

Vic

toria

dre

w p

ictu

res,

scu

lpte

d cl

ay, a

nd m

ade

mos

aics

.

2.

Jon

atha

n, h

is b

roth

er, a

nd t

heir

par

ents

mad

e di

nner

tog

ethe

r.

3.

We

drov

e to

the

mal

l, w

ent

shop

pin

g, a

nd a

te a

t a

near

by r

esta

uran

t.

4.

Luc

y, M

olly

, and

Rac

hel p

laye

d in

the

yar

d.

5.

Nic

hola

s, P

aul,

and

Stev

e w

ent

to t

he g

ym.

6.

Jos

h, S

tacy

, Rog

er, a

nd L

inda

wor

ked

on t

he p

roje

ct.

7.

Den

ise

swam

tw

o la

ps,

ran

50

yard

s, a

nd ju

mp

ed h

urdl

es in

the

rac

e.

8.

Cha

n p

laye

d fie

ld h

ocke

y, d

id h

is h

omew

ork,

and

pra

ctic

ed t

he c

larin

et.

Use

th

e co

mp

oun

d s

ubje

cts

or

com

po

und

pre

dic

ates

to

wri

te c

om

ple

te s

ente

nce

s.

9.

Jul

io, M

ary,

and

Lis

a

10.

fed

the

dog

, was

hed

the

dish

es, a

nd s

wep

t th

e flo

or.

11.

Tam

ika,

her

par

ents

, and

I

12.

pla

yed

chec

kers

, fin

ishe

d a

puz

zle,

and

ate

din

ner.

13.

the

sna

ck b

ar, t

he r

esta

uran

t, a

nd t

he c

afe

14.

pra

ctic

ed t

he p

iano

, cle

aned

her

roo

m, a

nd w

ent

to b

ed.

15.

Mat

t, T

odd,

and

Mar

k

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

Julio

, Mar

y, a

nd L

isa

wen

t to

the

barb

ecue

.

We

fed

the

dog,

was

hed

the

dish

es, a

nd s

wep

t the

floo

r.

Tam

ika,

her

par

ents

, and

I cl

eane

d th

e ga

rage

.

Her f

amily

pla

yed

chec

kers

, fin

ishe

d a

puzz

le, a

nd a

te d

inne

r.

The

snac

k ba

r, th

e re

stau

rant

, and

the

cafe

ser

ved

sand

wic

hes.

Anna

pra

ctic

ed th

e pi

ano,

cle

aned

her

room

, and

wen

t to

bed.

Mat

t, To

dd, a

nd M

ark

took

the

bus.

20G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_020

.indd

209/

9/06

7:06

:02

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e

Less

on

6R

ead

th

is p

art

of

a st

uden

t’s

roug

h d

raft

. Th

en a

nsw

er t

he

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

(1) J

uan

ita

and

her

fam

ily

cele

bra

ted

Ju

anit

a’s

bir

thd

ay w

ith

a f

esti

ve p

icn

ic in

th

e

par

k. (2

) Ju

anit

a’s

par

ents

co

ok

ed h

er f

avo

rite

fo

od

s fo

r th

e p

icn

ic a

nd

bro

ug

ht

a p

iñat

a

to h

ang

fro

m a

tre

e. (3

) Ju

anit

a’s

sist

er b

rou

gh

t m

usi

c. (4

) Man

y fr

ien

ds

and

fam

ily

mem

ber

s w

ent

to t

he

par

ty. (5

) Th

ey a

te, d

ance

d t

o t

he

mu

sic,

an

d r

ush

ed t

o g

rab

all

the

can

dy

that

fel

l fro

m t

he

bro

ken

piñ

ata.

1.

Whi

ch is

the

com

pou

nd s

ubje

ct

in S

ente

nce

1?A

Juan

itaB

cele

brat

edC

fest

ive

pic

nic

DJu

anita

and

her

fam

ily

2.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a co

mp

ound

su

bjec

t?A

Sent

ence

2B

Sent

ence

3C

Sent

ence

4D

Sent

ence

5

3.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a co

mp

ound

p

redi

cate

?A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

2C

Sent

ence

3D

Sent

ence

4

4.

Whi

ch is

the

com

pou

nd p

redi

cate

in

Sen

tenc

e 5?

ATh

ey a

te, d

ance

d, a

nd r

ushe

dB

ate,

dan

ced

Cat

e, d

ance

d to

the

mus

ic, a

nd

rush

ed t

o gr

ab a

ll th

e ca

ndy

that

fe

ll fr

om t

he b

roke

n p

iñat

a.D

all t

he c

andy

tha

t fe

ll fr

om t

he

brok

en p

iñat

a

5.

Whi

ch is

the

con

junc

tion

that

join

s th

e tw

o su

bjec

ts in

Sen

tenc

e 1?

Afa

mily

Ban

dC

her

Dbi

rthd

ay

6.

Whi

ch is

the

con

junc

tion

that

join

s th

e th

ree

pre

dica

tes

in S

ente

nce

5?A

They

Bda

nced

Can

dD

rush

ed

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

21G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_021

.indd

219/

9/06

7:06

:32

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e C

om

po

un

dSu

bje

cts

and

Pr

edic

ates

Less

on

6U

nd

erlin

e th

e co

mp

oun

d s

ubje

ct in

th

e se

nte

nce

. Cir

cle

the

con

jun

ctio

n t

hat

join

s th

e su

bje

cts.

1.

Jan

and

Kat

e m

ake

a p

rese

ntat

ion

abou

t ou

r fa

vorit

e th

ings

.

2.

Soc

cer

and

base

ball

are

the

two

mos

t p

opul

ar s

por

ts.

3.

Chi

cken

, ham

burg

ers,

and

cor

n on

the

cob

are

my

thre

e fa

vorit

e fo

ods.

4.

Milk

and

juic

e ar

e tw

o dr

inks

Lui

s lik

es.

5.

Oat

mea

l and

bro

ccol

i are

the

tw

o fo

ods

I lik

e th

e le

ast.

Wri

te a

sen

ten

ce w

ith

a c

om

po

und

pre

dic

ate

that

an

swer

s th

e q

uest

ion

. U

nd

erlin

e th

e co

mp

oun

d p

red

icat

e. C

ircl

e th

e co

nju

nct

ion

th

at jo

ins

the

pre

dic

ates

.

6.

Wha

t do

you

do

on a

rai

ny S

atur

day?

7.

Wha

t ar

e th

ree

thin

gs t

hat

you

do a

fter

sch

ool?

8.

Wha

t ar

e th

ree

thin

gs y

ou d

o w

ith y

our

frie

nds?

9.

Wha

t do

you

do

at t

he b

each

?

10.

Wha

t ar

e tw

o th

ings

you

do

in t

he m

orni

ng b

efor

e yo

u go

to

scho

ol?

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

I rea

d a

book

or l

iste

n to

mus

ic.

I pla

y so

ccer

, do

my

hom

ewor

k, a

nd re

ad a

mag

azin

e.

We

play

spo

rts, g

o to

the

beac

h, a

nd w

atch

mov

ies.

I sw

im o

r col

lect

she

lls.

I get

dre

ssed

and

eat

bre

akfa

st.

22G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_022

.indd

22

9/9/

06

7:24

:55

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

eSi

mp

le a

nd

Co

mp

ou

nd

Sen

ten

ces

Less

on

7

Wri

te t

hre

e se

nte

nce

s ab

ou

t yo

ur

favo

rite

cir

cus

act.

Incl

ud

e a

sim

ple

sen

ten

ce a

nd

a

com

po

un

d s

ente

nce

.

Lab

el t

he

sen

ten

ce a

s si

mpl

e o

r co

mpo

und.

Cir

cle

the

con

jun

ctio

n in

eac

h c

om

po

und

sen

ten

ce.

1.

Eve

ryon

e w

as e

xcite

d, fo

r th

e ci

rcus

was

com

ing.

2.

The

acr

obat

s p

erfo

rmed

on

the

tram

pol

ine.

3.

One

clo

wn

jugg

led

balls

, and

the

oth

er p

erfo

rmed

funn

y st

unts

.

4.

The

per

form

er c

limbe

d a

rop

e up

to

the

trap

eze.

5.

The

acr

obat

s m

ust

focu

s th

eir

atte

ntio

n, o

r th

ey m

ight

fall

off t

he w

ire.

6.

The

clo

wn

mad

e a

coin

dis

app

ear,

but

it w

as o

nly

a tr

ick.

Wri

te a

n e

xam

ple

of

the

typ

e o

f se

nte

nce

nam

ed. U

se c

om

mas

co

rrec

tly.

7.

sim

ple

sen

tenc

e

8.

com

pou

nd s

ente

nce

9.

sim

ple

sen

tenc

e w

ith a

com

pou

nd s

ubje

ct

10.

sim

ple

sen

tenc

e w

ith a

com

pou

nd p

redi

cate

11.

com

pou

nd s

ente

nce

with

a c

omp

ound

sub

ject

12.

com

pou

nd s

ente

nce

with

a c

omp

ound

pre

dica

te

Acce

pt re

ason

able

resp

onse

s.

com

poun

dsi

mpl

eco

mpo

und

sim

ple

com

poun

dco

mpo

und

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

The

elep

hant

par

aded

aro

und

the

circ

us ri

ng.

The

audi

ence

app

laud

ed lo

udly

, and

som

e pe

ople

che

ered

.

The

tiger

and

its

train

er e

nter

ed th

e ci

rcus

ring

.

The

perfo

rmer

did

a c

artw

heel

on

the

bala

nce

beam

and

jum

ped

off.

My

mot

her a

nd I

sat i

n th

e fro

nt ro

w, a

nd m

y si

ster

and

a fr

iend

The

perfo

rmer

s bo

wed

and

wav

ed, a

nd th

en th

ey le

ft th

e rin

g.

sat b

ehin

d us

.

23G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_023

.indd

239/

9/06

7:09

:54

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

eSi

mp

le a

nd

Co

mp

ou

nd

Sen

ten

ces

Less

on

7Th

e se

nte

nce

s ar

e co

mb

ined

inco

rrec

tly.

Rew

rite

th

e co

mb

ined

sen

ten

ce c

orr

ectl

y.

1.

The

jugg

ler

jugg

led

app

les,

he

also

jugg

led

oran

ges.

2.

The

clo

wns

mad

e fu

nny

nois

es t

he m

imes

mad

e fu

nny

face

s.

3.

The

mag

icia

n sh

owed

an

emp

ty h

at t

hen

he p

ulle

d a

colo

rful

sca

rf fr

om it

.

4.

The

art

ist

coul

d m

ake

a ba

lloon

in t

he s

hap

e of

a p

oodl

e I c

ould

cho

ose

anot

her

anim

al s

hap

e.

5.

My

sist

er w

ent

to a

diff

eren

t ci

rcus

last

yea

r sh

e sa

id t

his

one

was

mor

e fu

n.

Rew

rite

th

e ru

n-o

n s

ente

nce

as

two

sep

arat

e se

nte

nce

s.

6.

The

hor

ses

circ

led

the

ring

then

the

y st

oppe

d.

7.

The

tro

upe

had

fifte

en p

eop

le t

hey

incl

uded

clo

wns

and

acr

obat

s.

8.

I w

ante

d m

y fa

ce p

aint

ed li

ke t

he c

low

ns’ n

ow m

y no

se h

as a

big

red

sp

ot!

Pos

sibl

e re

spon

ses

are

show

n.

The

jugg

ler j

uggl

ed a

pple

s, a

nd h

e al

so ju

ggle

d or

ange

s.

The

clow

ns m

ade

funn

y no

ises

, and

the

mim

es m

ade

funn

y fa

ces.

The

mag

icia

n sh

owed

an

empt

y ha

t, an

d th

en h

e pu

lled

a co

lorfu

l sca

rf fro

m it

.

The

artis

t cou

ld m

ake

a ba

lloon

in th

e sh

ape

of a

poo

dle,

or I

coul

d ch

oose

ano

ther

ani

mal

sha

pe.

My

sist

er w

ent t

o a

diffe

rent

circ

us la

st y

ear,

but s

he s

aid

this

one

was

mor

e fu

n.

The

hors

es c

ircle

d th

e rin

g. T

hen

they

sto

pped

.

The

troup

e ha

d fif

teen

peo

ple.

The

y in

clud

ed c

low

ns a

nd a

crob

ats.

I wan

ted

my

face

pai

nted

like

the

clow

ns’.

Now

my

nose

has

a bi

g re

d sp

ot!

24G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_024

.indd

249/

9/06

7:10

:52

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e

Less

on

7R

ead

th

is p

art

of

a st

uden

t’s

roug

h d

raft

. Th

en a

nsw

er t

he

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

(1) T

he

circ

us

is c

om

ing

to t

ow

n I

am

so

exc

ited

! (2) E

liza

bet

h a

nd

I

alre

ady

hav

e ti

cket

s to

it. (3

) My

favo

rite

par

t is

th

e tr

apez

e ar

tist

s’ st

un

ts,

bu

t I

wo

rry

that

th

e p

erfo

rmer

s m

igh

t fa

ll. (4

) Eli

zab

eth

an

d I

love

to

wat

ch t

he

mag

icia

ns,

bu

t th

eir

tric

ks

are

too

go

od

fo

r u

s to

fig

ure

ou

t!

(5) W

e al

so e

njo

y w

atch

ing

the

bal

loo

n a

rtis

ts a

nd

love

to

hav

e o

ur

face

s

pai

nte

d.

1.

Whi

ch is

a c

orre

ct s

imp

le s

ente

nce?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 3

DSe

nten

ce 4

2.

Whi

ch is

a c

orre

ct c

omp

ound

se

nten

ce?

ASe

nten

ce 1

B

Sent

ence

2

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 5

3.

Whi

ch is

a r

un-o

n se

nten

ce?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 3

DSe

nten

ce 4

4.

Whi

ch is

a s

imp

le s

ente

nce

with

a c

omp

ound

sub

ject

?A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

2C

Sent

ence

3D

Sent

ence

4

5.

Whi

ch is

a s

imp

le s

ente

nce

with

a c

omp

ound

pre

dica

te?

ASe

nten

ce 2

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 5

6.

Whi

ch is

a c

omp

ound

sen

tenc

e th

at c

onta

ins

a co

mp

ound

sub

ject

?A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

2C

Sent

ence

3D

Sent

ence

4

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

25G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_025

.indd

259/

9/06

7:11

:20

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e Si

mp

le a

nd

Co

mp

ou

nd

Sen

ten

ces

Less

on

7La

bel

th

e se

nte

nce

as

sim

ple

sent

ence

, sim

ple

sent

ence

wit

h co

mpo

und

subj

ect,

sim

ple

sent

ence

wit

h co

mpo

und

pred

icat

e,

com

poun

d se

nten

ce, c

ompo

und

sent

ence

wit

h co

mpo

und

subj

ect,

o

r co

mpo

und

sent

ence

wit

h co

mpo

und

pred

icat

e.

1.

The

clo

wns

mak

e us

laug

h.

2.

My

favo

rite

per

form

er is

not

in t

his

show

, but

I th

ink

it w

ill b

e go

od a

nyw

ay.

3.

Noa

h an

d I w

ante

d to

hav

e ou

r fa

ces

pai

nted

, but

the

re w

asn’

t en

ough

tim

e be

fore

th

e sh

ow.

4.

The

clo

wns

and

the

mim

es c

omp

eted

for

atte

ntio

n fr

om t

he a

udie

nce.

5.

The

tig

ers

look

ed s

cary

, but

the

y ob

eyed

the

ir tr

aine

r’s c

omm

ands

and

beh

aved

ver

y

w

ell.

Rew

rite

th

e se

nte

nce

co

rrec

tly.

Ad

d a

co

nju

nct

ion

in t

he

corr

ect

pla

ce.

6.

Ale

x ha

d be

tter

be

on t

ime,

I w

ill g

o in

to t

he t

ent

with

out

him

!

7.

The

bal

loon

art

ists

wor

ked

befo

re t

he s

how

, lat

er, t

hey

wat

ched

the

circ

us w

ith u

s.

8.

We

live

far

from

the

the

ater

, we

arriv

ed o

n tim

e.

9.

The

jugg

lers

str

uggl

ed, t

hey

had

too

muc

h to

han

dle.

10.

My

favo

rite

show

is t

he c

ircus

, I g

o ev

ery

year

!

sim

ple

sent

ence

com

poun

d se

nten

ce

com

poun

d se

nten

ce w

ith c

ompo

und

subj

ect

sim

ple

sent

ence

with

com

poun

d su

bjec

t

com

poun

d se

nten

ce w

ith c

ompo

und

pred

icat

e

Pos

sibl

e re

spon

ses

are

show

n.

Alex

had

bet

ter b

e on

tim

e, o

r I w

ill g

o in

to th

e te

nt w

ithou

t him

!

The

ballo

on a

rtist

s w

orke

d be

fore

the

show

, and

late

r, th

ey w

atch

ed th

e ci

rcus

with

us.

We

live

far f

rom

the

thea

ter,

but w

e ar

rived

on

time.

The

jugg

lers

stru

ggle

d, fo

r the

y ha

d to

o m

uch

to h

andl

e.

My

favo

rite

show

is th

e ci

rcus

, and

I go

eve

ry y

ear!

26G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_026

.indd

26

9/9/

06

7:12

:56

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

ePr

epo

siti

on

alPh

rase

s

Less

on

8

Wri

te a

few

sen

ten

ces

abo

ut

the

Un

ited

Sta

tes.

Incl

ud

e a

pre

po

siti

on

al p

hra

se in

ea

ch s

ente

nce

. Un

der

line

the

pre

po

siti

on

, an

d c

ircl

e th

e o

bje

ct o

f th

e p

rep

osi

tio

n.

Un

der

line

the

pre

po

siti

on

al p

hra

se in

th

e se

nte

nce

. C

ircl

e th

e p

rep

osi

tio

n.

1.

The

Rev

olut

iona

ry W

ar t

ook

pla

ce b

etw

een

1775

and

178

3.

2.

The

re w

ere

man

y ba

ttle

s du

ring

the

Revo

lutio

nary

War

.

3.

Gen

eral

Was

hing

ton

mov

ed h

is t

roop

s ac

ross

the

Del

awar

e Ri

ver.

4.

The

Am

eric

ans

foug

ht w

ith d

eter

min

atio

n.

5.

The

ir lo

ve fo

r th

eir

coun

try

was

dee

p.

Un

der

line

the

pre

po

siti

on

al p

hra

se. W

rite

on

th

e lin

e th

e p

rep

osi

tio

n

and

its

ob

ject

.

6.

The

sol

dier

s m

oved

tow

ard

the

fron

t lin

e.

7.

The

ene

my

was

wai

ting

by t

he s

tate

bor

der.

8.

We

wai

ted

until

daw

n to

att

ack

the

enem

y.

9.

The

sol

dier

s st

ood

on a

nar

row

brid

ge.

10.

The

sol

dier

s cr

osse

d th

e riv

er t

o th

e p

enin

sula

.

Acc

ept r

easo

nabl

e re

spon

ses.

tow

ard,

line

by, b

orde

r

until

, daw

n

on, b

ridge

to, p

enin

sula

27G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_027

.indd

279/

9/06

7:14

:02

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

ePr

epo

siti

on

alPh

rase

s

Less

on

8C

ho

ose

th

e co

rrec

t p

rep

osi

tio

n f

rom

th

e w

ord

s in

p

aren

thes

es, a

nd

rew

rite

th

e se

nte

nce

.

1.

Was

hing

ton’

s tr

oop

s cr

osse

d th

e D

elaw

are

Rive

r (in

, int

o) s

mal

l boa

ts.

2.

The

Am

eric

ans

esca

ped

(in

, int

o) P

enns

ylva

nia.

3.

Ham

ilton

and

Mon

roe

wer

e (a

mon

g, b

etw

een)

Was

hing

ton’

s of

ficer

s.

4.

The

Am

eric

an t

actic

s w

ere

not

like

thos

e (b

y, o

f) t

he B

ritis

h.

5.

The

arm

y sp

lit (

thro

ugh,

into

) tw

o gr

oup

s an

d ca

ught

the

Brit

ish

by s

urp

rise.

Ch

oo

se t

he

corr

ect

pre

po

siti

on

to

go

in t

he

bla

nk

in t

he

sen

ten

ce, a

nd

wri

te it

o

n t

he

line.

6.

The

Moh

awks

wer

e s

ever

al t

ribes

tha

t si

ded

with

the

Brit

ish.

7.

Was

hing

ton

used

the

tac

tic

sur

pris

e.

8.

Am

eric

an t

roop

s cr

osse

d th

e D

elaw

are

Dec

embe

r 25

th.

9.

The

y ro

wed

the

boa

ts

the

icy

river

.

10.

The

gen

eral

pre

par

ed h

is m

en

the

att

ack.

11.

The

Am

eric

ans

atta

cked

d

awn.

12.

The

Bat

tle o

f Tre

nton

last

ed fo

r tw

o ho

urs

the

tim

e it

star

ted.

acro

sso

fat

fro

mam

on

gfo

ro

n

Was

hing

ton’

s tro

ops

cros

sed

the

Dela

war

e Ri

ver i

n sm

all b

oats

.

The

Amer

ican

s es

cape

d in

to P

enns

ylva

nia.

Ham

ilton

and

Mon

roe

wer

e am

ong

Was

hing

ton’

s of

ficer

s.

The

Amer

ican

tact

ics

wer

e no

t lik

e th

ose

of th

e Br

itish

.

The

arm

y sp

lit in

to tw

o gr

oups

and

cau

ght t

he B

ritis

h by

sur

pris

amon

g

of

on

acro

ss

for

at

from

28G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_028

.indd

289/

9/06

7:14

:58

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e

Less

on

8R

ead

th

is p

art

of

a st

uden

t’s

roug

h d

raft

. Th

en a

nsw

er t

he

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

(1) T

he

gen

eral

sp

ok

e to

th

e so

ldie

rs. (2

) He

spo

ke

abo

ut

the

un

iqu

e

spir

it o

f th

e A

mer

ican

s. (3

) He

ask

ed t

he

sold

iers

to

fac

e w

ith

det

erm

inat

ion

the

dif

ficu

ltie

s th

at w

ere

to c

om

e. (4

) Th

e so

ldie

rs u

nd

erst

oo

d t

he

bru

tal

con

dit

ion

s. (5

) Th

ey k

new

th

at t

og

eth

er t

hey

wo

uld

tri

um

ph

ove

r th

e en

emy.

1.

Whi

ch is

the

pre

pos

ition

in

Sen

tenc

e 1?

Age

nera

lB

spok

eC

toD

sold

iers

2.

Whi

ch is

the

obj

ect

of t

he

pre

pos

ition

in S

ente

nce

1?A

gene

ral

Bsp

oke

Cto

Dso

ldie

rs

3.

How

man

y p

rep

ositi

onal

phr

ases

ar

e in

Sen

tenc

e 2?

Aon

eB

two

Cth

ree

Dfo

ur

4.

Whi

ch is

the

pre

pos

ition

al

phr

ase

in S

ente

nce

3?A

He

aske

dB

the

sold

iers

Cto

face

the

diff

icul

ties

Dw

ith d

eter

min

atio

n

5.

Whi

ch is

the

pre

pos

ition

in

Sen

tenc

e 3?

Aso

ldie

rsB

face

Cw

ithD

dete

rmin

atio

n

6.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

does

not

con

tain

a

pre

pos

ition

al p

hras

e?A

Sent

ence

2B

Sent

ence

3C

Sent

ence

4D

Sent

ence

5

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

29G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_029

.indd

299/

9/06

7:15

:25

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e Pr

epo

siti

on

alPh

rase

s

Less

on

8U

nd

erlin

e th

e p

rep

osi

tio

nal

ph

rase

. Wri

te o

n t

he

line

the

pre

po

siti

on

an

d it

s o

bje

ct.

1.

The

y sa

t un

der

a tr

ee.

2.

The

y fo

ught

the

bat

tle in

the

day

light

.

3.

The

sol

dier

s w

ere

stat

ione

d ar

ound

the

ene

my.

4.

The

gen

eral

wat

ched

the

col

d, w

et s

oldi

ers

step

ont

o la

nd.

5.

The

sol

dier

s ro

se a

bove

the

cha

lleng

es a

nd a

chie

ved

vict

ory.

Rew

rite

th

e se

nte

nce

, ad

din

g a

pre

po

siti

on

to

fill

in t

he

bla

nk.

6.

The

y ca

rrie

d gu

ns

the

riv

er.

7.

The

y hi

d t

he b

ushe

s.

8.

The

sol

dier

s fo

ught

fr

eedo

m.

9.

Ano

ther

att

ack

daw

n w

as a

sur

pris

e.

10.

The

sol

dier

s w

ere

triu

mp

hant

t

he e

nd.

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

unde

r, tre

e

in, d

aylig

ht

arou

nd, e

nem

y

onto

, lan

d

abov

e, c

halle

nges

They

car

ried

guns

acr

oss

the

river

.

They

hid

beh

ind

the

bush

es.

The

sold

iers

foug

ht fo

r fre

edom

.

Anot

her a

ttack

at d

awn

was

a s

urpr

ise.

The

sold

iers

wer

e tri

umph

ant i

n th

e en

d.

30G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_030

.indd

30

9/19

/06

6:4

8:24

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e

Cla

use

s an

dPh

rase

s;C

om

ple

xSe

nte

nce

s

Less

on

9Ea

ch s

ente

nce

has

on

e o

r tw

o c

laus

es. U

nd

erlin

e th

e in

dep

end

ent

clau

se. C

ircl

e th

e d

epen

den

t cl

ause

.

1.

The

art

ist

asse

mbl

ed t

he m

ater

ials

for

her

scul

ptu

re.

2.

She

use

d th

e ro

om a

s a

stud

io b

ecau

se it

had

so

muc

h na

tura

l lig

ht.

3.

The

ass

ista

nt p

rep

ared

the

sto

ne b

efor

e th

e ar

tist

bega

n to

scu

lpt.

4.

The

art

ist

com

ple

ted

the

wor

k in

one

wee

k.

5.

Whe

n th

e ar

tist

com

ple

ted

the

wor

k, s

he in

vite

d ga

llery

ow

ners

to

view

it.

6.

Tw

o ga

llery

ow

ners

bid

for

the

scul

ptu

re.

7.

Man

y p

eop

le a

dmire

d th

e sc

ulp

ture

.

Lab

el t

he

sen

ten

ce a

s si

mpl

e o

r co

mpl

ex. F

or

each

co

mp

lex

sen

ten

ce,

und

erlin

e th

e su

bo

rdin

atin

g c

on

jun

ctio

ns.

8.

The

loca

l art

ists

exh

ibite

d th

eir

late

st w

ork.

9.

Whe

n th

e le

ctur

e en

ded,

the

art

ists

ans

wer

ed q

uest

ions

from

the

aud

ienc

e.

10.

A g

irl in

my

art

clas

s w

on t

he c

onte

st t

hat

the

mus

eum

sp

onso

red.

11.

Art

stu

dent

s co

me

from

nea

r an

d fa

r al

thou

gh m

any

can

wal

k to

the

sch

ool f

rom

th

eir

hom

es.

12.

The

tea

cher

s co

me

from

all

over

the

wor

ld w

hich

hel

ps

stud

ents

lear

n di

ffere

nt id

eas

ab

out

art.

13.

The

stu

dent

s ex

amin

ed t

he p

aint

ings

at

the

exhi

bitio

n.

14.

The

art

was

stil

l in

the

galle

ry a

lthou

gh t

he s

how

end

ed y

este

rday

.

15.

Bec

ause

we

knew

tha

t th

e ex

hibi

tion

wou

ld b

e cr

owde

d, w

e ar

rived

ear

ly.

Wri

te t

hre

e co

mp

lex

sen

ten

ces

abo

ut

art.

Use

su

bo

rdin

atin

g c

on

jun

ctio

ns

such

as

alth

ou

gh

, bec

ause

, wh

en, o

r th

at t

o jo

in t

he

par

ts o

f ea

ch c

om

ple

x se

nte

nce

. Cir

cle

the

con

nec

tin

g w

ord

s. A

ccep

t rea

sona

ble

resp

onse

s.

sim

ple

com

plex

com

plex

com

plex

com

plex

sim

ple

com

plex

com

plex

31G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_031

.indd

319/

19/0

66:

48:4

7AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e

Cla

use

s an

dPh

rase

s;C

om

ple

xSe

nte

nce

s

Less

on

9R

ewri

te t

he

pai

r o

f se

nte

nce

s to

fo

rm a

co

mp

lex

sen

ten

ce.

Use

th

e su

bo

rdin

atin

g c

on

jun

ctio

ns

in p

aren

thes

es (

) t

o jo

in

the

par

ts o

f th

e co

mp

lex

sen

ten

ce.

1.

The

re w

ere

man

y di

fficu

lties

. The

art

sch

ool w

as fi

nally

bui

lt. (

alth

ough

)

2.

The

bui

ldin

g w

as c

omp

lete

d. W

e he

ld a

n op

en h

ouse

. (w

hen)

3.

Thi

s ar

t sc

hool

is s

pec

ial.

Its

teac

hers

are

so

tale

nted

. (be

caus

e)

4.

Jua

n Pe

dro

is a

n ar

tist.

He

foun

ded

the

scho

ol. (

who

)

5.

The

tea

cher

s ga

ve c

lass

es in

art

his

tory

. The

cla

sses

hel

ped

dee

pen

the

stu

dent

s’

ap

pre

ciat

ion

of a

rt. (

whi

ch)

Co

mb

ine

the

pai

r o

f se

nte

nce

s in

to a

co

mp

lex

sen

ten

ce, u

sin

g a

sub

ord

inat

ing

co

nju

nct

ion

an

d in

sert

ing

th

e co

rrec

t p

unct

uati

on

. Un

der

line

the

sub

ord

inat

ing

co

nju

nct

ion

s.

6.

The

mat

eria

ls a

rriv

ed. T

he a

rtis

t be

gan

his

wor

k.

7.

The

pro

ject

was

cha

lleng

ing.

Man

y p

eop

le o

ffere

d th

eir

help

.

8.

Mor

e w

orke

rs w

ere

hire

d. T

his

mad

e th

e jo

b go

fast

er.

9.

Dav

id w

on t

he p

rize.

He

ente

red

man

y co

ntes

ts.

10.

The

cla

sses

wer

e sm

all.

The

stud

ents

lear

ned

mor

e.

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

Alth

ough

ther

e w

ere

man

y di

fficu

lties

, the

art

scho

ol w

as fi

nally

bu

ilt. W

hen

the

build

ing

was

com

plet

ed, w

e he

ld a

n op

en h

ouse

.

This

art

scho

ol is

spe

cial

bec

ause

its

teac

hers

are

so

tale

nted

.

Juan

Ped

ro is

an

artis

t who

foun

ded

the

scho

ol.

whi

ch h

elpe

d de

epen

the

stud

ents

’ app

reci

atio

n of

art.

The

teac

hers

gav

e cl

asse

s in

art

hist

ory,

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

Whe

n th

e m

ater

ials

arr

ived

, the

arti

st b

egan

his

wor

k.

proj

ect w

as c

halle

ngin

g, m

any

peop

le o

ffere

d th

eir h

elp.

Alth

ough

the

Mor

e w

orke

rs w

ere

hire

d, w

hich

mad

e th

e jo

b go

fast

er.

Befo

re D

avid

won

the

priz

e, h

e en

tere

d m

any

cont

ests

.

Beca

use

the

clas

ses

wer

e sm

all,

the

stud

ents

lear

ned

mor

e.

32G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_032

.indd

329/

19/0

66:

49:0

3AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e

Less

on

9R

ead

th

is p

art

of

a st

uden

t’s

roug

h d

raft

. Th

en a

nsw

er t

he

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

(1) T

he

sch

oo

l pu

ts o

n a

n a

rt e

xhib

itio

n e

very

yea

r. (2

) Bec

ause

eac

h y

ear’

s

exh

ibit

ion

has

a d

iffe

ren

t th

eme,

a n

ew s

tud

ent

com

mit

tee

is e

lect

ed t

o s

elec

t ar

t fo

r it

.

(3) A

lth

ou

gh t

her

e ar

e m

any

entr

ies,

on

ly t

hre

e w

ork

s o

f ar

t ar

e se

lect

ed f

rom

eac

h g

rad

e.

(4) A

fter

th

e co

mm

itte

e se

lect

s ea

ch w

ork

, th

e gr

ou

p d

eter

min

es w

her

e th

e ar

t w

ill b

e

dis

pla

yed

. (5) S

om

etim

es t

he

arti

sts

are

ask

ed t

o w

rite

so

met

hin

g ab

ou

t th

eir

wo

rk.

1.

Whi

ch o

f the

se c

onta

ins

only

an

inde

pen

dent

cla

use?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 3

DSe

nten

ce 4

2.

Whi

ch o

f the

se is

NO

T a

com

ple

x se

nten

ce?

ASe

nten

ce 2

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 5

3.

Whi

ch is

the

sub

ordi

natin

g co

njun

ctio

n in

Sen

tenc

e 2?

ABe

caus

eB

isC

for

Dst

uden

t

4.

Whi

ch is

the

dep

ende

nt c

laus

e in

Se

nten

ce 3

?A

Alth

ough

BA

lthou

gh t

here

are

man

y en

trie

sC

only

thr

ee w

orks

are

sel

ecte

dD

only

thr

ee w

orks

are

sel

ecte

d fr

om

each

gra

de

5.

Whi

ch is

the

inde

pen

dent

cla

use

in

Sent

ence

4?

AA

fter

the

com

mitt

ee s

elec

ts

each

wor

kB

the

com

mitt

ee s

elec

tsC

the

grou

p d

eter

min

esD

the

grou

p d

eter

min

es w

here

the

ar

t w

ill b

e di

spla

yed

6.

Whi

ch is

the

sub

ordi

natin

g co

njun

ctio

n in

Sen

tenc

e 4?

AA

fter

Bth

e co

mm

ittee

Cse

lect

sD

each

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

33G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_033

.indd

339/

9/06

7:20

:26

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e

Cla

use

s an

dPh

rase

s;C

om

ple

xSe

nte

nce

s

Less

on

9A

dd

an

inde

pend

ent

clau

se o

r a

depe

nden

t cl

ause

as

sho

wn

in

th

e p

aren

thes

es t

o c

om

ple

te t

he

sen

ten

ce. P

unct

uate

se

nte

nce

s co

rrec

tly.

1.

Whe

n th

e st

uden

t ar

tist

show

ed h

is w

ork

to t

he t

each

er (

inde

pen

dent

)

2.

Jus

tin p

aint

ed s

tand

ing

up (

dep

ende

nt)

3.

Alth

ough

the

cla

ss w

as n

early

ove

r (in

dep

ende

nt)

4.

D

iane

bou

ght

som

e m

ore

colo

red

pen

cils

. (de

pen

dent

)

5.

Bef

ore

Tish

a st

arte

d to

pai

nt (

inde

pen

dent

)

Rew

rite

th

e p

air

of

sen

ten

ces

to f

orm

a c

om

ple

x se

nte

nce

. Use

th

e su

bo

rdin

atin

g

con

jun

ctio

ns

in t

he

par

enth

eses

to

join

th

e p

arts

of

the

com

ple

x se

nte

nce

.

6.

The

stu

dent

s sk

etch

ed p

ictu

res.

The

n th

ey p

aint

ed t

he m

ural

. (be

fore

)

7.

The

stu

dent

s co

mp

lete

d th

e m

ural

. The

y cl

eane

d up

. (af

ter)

8.

Jen

fini

shed

her

dra

win

g. S

he fo

und

a p

lace

to

disp

lay

it. (

whe

n)

9.

It

was

get

ting

dark

. The

stu

dio’

s lig

hts

wer

e tu

rned

on.

(be

caus

e)

10.

The

art

ist

chos

e br

ight

col

ors

for

the

pai

ntin

g. T

he p

aint

ing

show

ed t

he c

ount

rysi

de

on

a ra

iny

day.

(al

thou

gh)

Pos

sibl

e re

spon

ses

are

show

n.

Pos

sibl

e re

spon

ses

are

show

n.

aske

d so

me

ques

tions

.

com

forta

ble

wor

king

that

way

.

sket

ch fo

r her

nex

t pai

ntin

g.Af

ter s

he fi

nish

ed s

choo

l for

the

day,

Befo

re th

e st

uden

ts p

aint

ed th

e m

ural

, the

y sk

etch

ed p

ictu

res.

Afte

r the

stu

dent

s co

mpl

eted

the

mur

al, t

hey

clea

ned

up.

Whe

nJe

n fin

ishe

d he

r dra

win

g, s

he fo

und

a pl

ace

to d

ispl

ay it

.

Beca

use

it w

as g

ettin

g da

rk, t

he s

tudi

o’s

light

s w

ere

turn

ed o

n., she

, Tar

a qu

ickl

y m

ade

a

, she

mix

ed s

ome

colo

rs.

The

artis

t cho

se b

right

col

ors

for t

he

pain

ting

alth

ough

it s

how

ed th

e co

untr

ysid

e on

a ra

iny

day.

beca

use

he fe

lt m

ore

34G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_034

.indd

34

9/19

/06

6:4

9:27

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e

Less

on

10

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) M

y fr

ien

ds

and

I w

ere

par

t o

f a

live

au

die

nce

fo

r a

tele

vise

d c

oo

kin

g s

ho

w.

(2) W

e w

atch

ed t

he

pre

par

atio

n o

f le

nti

l so

up,

an

d w

e sa

w w

hat

hap

pen

s b

ehin

d

the

scen

es, t

oo.

(3) T

he

chef

ch

op

ped

on

ion

, sli

ced

cel

ery,

an

d d

iced

car

rots

.

(4) H

e ad

ded

th

e ve

geta

ble

s to

an

oil

ed p

ot.

(5) H

e fi

lled

th

e p

ot

wit

h v

eget

able

sto

ck, a

dd

ed t

he

len

tils

, an

d b

rou

gh

t th

e m

ixtu

re t

o a

bo

il.

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

cont

ains

a c

omp

ound

su

bjec

t?A

Se

nten

ce 1

B

Sent

ence

3C

Se

nten

ce 4

D

Sent

ence

5

2.

Whi

ch is

a s

imp

le s

ente

nce

with

a

com

pou

nd p

redi

cate

?A

Se

nten

ce 1

B

Sent

ence

2C

Se

nten

ce 3

D

Sent

ence

4

3.

Whi

ch is

the

sub

ject

of S

ente

nce

1?A

M

y fr

iend

s an

d I

B

audi

ence

C

ID

co

okin

g sh

ow

4.

Whi

ch is

the

pre

dica

te in

Sen

tenc

e 4?

A

He

B

adde

d th

e ve

geta

bles

to

an o

iled

pot

C

the

vege

tabl

es t

o an

oile

d p

otD

an

oile

d p

ot

5.

Whi

ch is

the

com

pou

nd p

redi

cate

in

Sen

tenc

e 5?

A

He

fille

dB

fil

led

the

pot

with

veg

etab

le s

tock

C

fille

d th

e p

ot w

ith v

eget

able

sto

ck,

adde

d th

e le

ntils

, and

bro

ught

the

m

ixtu

re t

o a

boil

D

the

mix

ture

to

a bo

il

6.

Whi

ch o

f the

se is

a c

omp

ound

se

nten

ce?

A

Sent

ence

1B

Se

nten

ce 2

C

Sent

ence

3D

Se

nten

ce 4

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

35G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_035

.indd

35

9/9/

06

7:26

:17

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e

Less

on

10

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) O

ur

clas

s p

rep

ared

an

inte

rnat

ion

al b

uff

et lu

nch

, an

d it

was

del

icio

us!

(2) C

arlo

s b

rou

gh

t ta

cos

wh

ich

had

mea

t, b

ean

s, c

orn

, an

d

pep

per

s in

th

em. (3

) Pet

er b

rou

gh

t p

asta

bec

ause

he

is I

tali

an. (4

) Nic

ho

las

bro

ug

ht

a G

reek

pas

try

call

ed b

akla

va. (5

) Wh

en I

arr

ived

ho

me,

I t

old

my

mo

ther

th

at I

had

no

ro

om

fo

r d

inn

er!

1.

Whi

ch is

NO

T a

com

ple

x se

nten

ce?

A

Sent

ence

2B

Se

nten

ce 3

C

Sent

ence

4D

Se

nten

ce 5

2.

Whi

ch is

the

dep

ende

nt c

laus

e in

Sen

tenc

e 2?

A

Car

los

brou

ght

taco

sB

m

eat,

bea

ns, c

orn,

and

pep

per

s C

w

hich

had

mea

t, b

eans

, cor

n, a

nd

pep

per

s in

the

mD

ta

cos,

whi

ch h

ad m

eat,

bea

ns,

corn

, and

pep

per

s

3.

Whi

ch is

the

pre

pos

ition

al p

hras

e in

Sen

tenc

e 2?

A

Car

los

B

brou

ght

taco

s C

m

eat,

bea

ns, c

orn,

and

pep

per

sD

in

the

m

4.

Whi

ch is

the

pre

pos

ition

al p

hras

e in

Sen

tenc

e 5?

A

Whe

n I a

rriv

ed h

ome

B

I tol

d m

y m

othe

rC

no

roo

mD

fo

r di

nner

5.

Whi

ch is

the

sub

ordi

natin

g co

njun

ctio

n in

Sen

tenc

e 5?

A

Whe

nB

I

C

arriv

edD

ho

me

6.

Whi

ch is

the

inde

pen

dent

cla

use

in S

ente

nce

3?A

Pe

ter

brou

ght

B

Pete

r br

ough

t p

asta

C

beca

use

he is

Ital

ian

D

beca

use

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

36G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_036

.indd

36

9/19

/06

6:4

9:53

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

eC

om

mo

n a

nd

Pro

per

No

un

s

Less

on

11

Un

der

line

the

com

mo

n n

oun

s. C

ircl

e th

e p

rop

er n

oun

s.

1.

The

cre

w m

aint

aine

d th

e su

pp

lies

on t

he s

hip

.

2.

Jor

dan

Line

man

was

the

car

pen

ter.

3.

Mar

tin r

aise

d th

e sa

il on

the

mas

t ev

ery

mor

ning

.

4.

The

cap

tain

nam

ed t

he s

hip

Wor

ld S

ailo

r.

5.

The

sto

rm la

sted

for

days

.

6.

The

cre

w c

lean

ed t

he d

eck

on T

uesd

ay.

Rew

rite

th

e se

nte

nce

s, r

epla

cin

g t

he

und

erlin

ed w

ord

s w

ith

pro

per

no

uns.

Use

co

rrec

t ca

pit

aliz

atio

n.

7.

The

cap

tain

mad

e an

ann

ounc

emen

t.

8.

The

shi

p t

rave

led

to e

very

con

tinen

t.

9.

The

shi

p c

arrie

d ca

rgo

to t

wo

coun

trie

s.

10.

The

sto

rm m

oved

tow

ard

the

ocea

n.

11.

My

sist

er a

nd I

pla

yed

toge

ther

on

the

deck

.

12.

The

cre

w w

as e

xcite

d w

hen

the

ship

doc

ked

in a

city

.

Wri

te t

hre

e se

nte

nce

s ab

ou

t a

bo

at o

r so

met

hin

g e

lse

you

kn

ow

ab

ou

t. In

clu

de

bo

th

com

mo

n a

nd

pro

per

no

un

s.

Capt

ain

Arth

ur S

trom

mad

e an

ann

ounc

emen

t.

Wor

ld S

ailo

r tra

vele

d to

eve

ry c

ontin

ent.

The

ship

car

ried

carg

o to

Eng

land

and

Spa

in.

The

stor

m m

oved

tow

ard

the

Atla

ntic

Oce

an.

Eliz

abet

h an

d I p

laye

d to

geth

er o

n th

e de

ck.

The

crew

was

exc

ited

whe

n th

e sh

ip d

ocke

d in

Bos

ton.

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

Acce

pt re

ason

able

resp

onse

s.

37G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_037

.indd

379/

9/06

7:28

:04

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

eC

om

mo

n a

nd

Pro

per

No

un

s

Less

on

11

Cir

cle

the

wo

rds

that

can

be

abb

revi

ated

.W

rite

th

e ab

bre

viat

ion

s.

1.

3,0

00 m

iles

2.

Mis

ter

Smith

3.

Mis

tres

s Ka

ne

4.

Aug

ust

14

5.

Doc

tor

Mye

rs

6.

Sep

tem

ber

7

7.

Frid

ay

8.

Pin

e St

reet

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Rep

lace

eac

h a

bb

revi

atio

n w

ith

th

e fu

ll w

ord

.

9.

Mrs

. Red

ding

wen

t ba

ck t

o he

r ca

bin.

10.

Dr.

Selo

n to

ok c

are

of a

ny s

ick

pas

seng

ers.

11.

We

coul

d se

e M

t. H

ood

from

the

shi

p.

12.

Mr.

Loth

am w

as a

freq

uent

pas

seng

er o

n th

e sh

ip.

13.

The

boa

t en

tere

d th

e St

. Law

renc

e Ri

ver.

14.

The

pas

seng

ers

wan

dere

d do

wn

Cha

rles

Ave.

15.

Jas

on L

awso

n p

lann

ed t

o co

me

agai

n in

Nov

.

mi.

Mr.

Mrs

.Au

g.Dr

.Se

pt.

Fri.

St.

Mis

tress

Red

ding

wen

t bac

k to

her

cab

in.

Doct

or S

elon

took

car

e of

any

sic

k pa

ssen

gers

.

We

coul

d se

e M

ount

Hoo

d fro

m th

e sh

ip.

Mis

ter L

otha

m w

as a

freq

uent

pas

seng

er o

n th

e sh

ip.

The

boat

ent

ered

the

Sain

t Law

renc

e Ri

ver.

The

pass

enge

rs w

ande

red

dow

n Ch

arle

s Av

enue

.

Jaso

n La

wso

n pl

anne

d to

com

e ag

ain

in N

ovem

ber.

38G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_038

.indd

389/

9/06

7:29

:00

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e

Less

on

11

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) M

y fa

vori

te a

ctiv

ity

is b

oat

ing

at

cam

p w

ilm

ore

. (2) W

e ca

n g

o r

ow

ing,

kay

akin

g, o

r ca

no

ein

g. (3

) Jes

sie

and

Jo

an, t

he

life

gu

ard

s at

th

e ca

mp,

to

ok

us

on

a c

ano

e tr

ip in

Del

awar

e. (4

) Th

e ra

pid

s w

ere

scar

y, b

ut

we

mad

e it

!

(5) W

hen

we

retu

rned

to

cam

p, M

r. W

esto

n, t

he

hea

d o

f th

e ca

mp,

was

th

ere

to c

on

gra

tula

te u

s.

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

cont

ains

an

erro

r in

ca

pita

lizat

ion?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 3

DSe

nten

ce 4

2.

How

man

y p

rop

er n

ouns

are

inSe

nten

ce 3

?A

one

Btw

oC

thre

eD

none

3.

Whi

ch o

f the

follo

win

g do

es n

ot

cont

ain

a p

rop

er n

oun?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 3

D

Sent

ence

5

4.

Whi

ch is

the

com

mon

nou

n in

Sent

ence

4?

Ara

pid

sB

wer

eC

but

Dm

ade

5.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

cont

ains

an

abbr

evia

tion?

ASe

nten

ce 2

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 5

6.

Whi

ch is

the

pro

per

nou

n in

Sent

ence

5?

AW

hen

BM

r. W

esto

nC

cam

pD

trip

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

39G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_039

.indd

399/

9/06

7:29

:47

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e C

om

mo

n a

nd

Pro

per

No

un

s

Less

on

11

Un

der

line

the

com

mo

n n

oun

s. C

ircl

e th

e p

rop

er n

oun

s.

1.

The

shi

p t

rave

led

to A

lask

a.

2.

Mr.

and

Mrs

. Pea

rson

wer

e p

asse

nger

s.

3.

The

cre

w w

orke

d ha

rd t

o m

aint

ain

the

ship

.

4.

Sp

ence

r an

d Is

abel

le p

laye

d on

the

dec

k.

5.

Mic

hael

wen

t sa

iling

on

Lake

Gar

field

.

6.

The

dis

hes

slid

off

the

tabl

es d

urin

g th

e st

orm

.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

wit

h c

orr

ect

cap

ital

izat

ion

an

d p

unct

uati

on

. Th

en u

nd

erlin

e th

e p

rop

er n

oun

s.

7.

Mr

mill

er g

reet

ed t

he g

uest

s on

the

boa

t.

8.

The

boa

t do

cked

at

the

mar

ina

in m

onte

rey,

cal

iforn

ia.

9.

We

left

the

por

t at

st

augu

stin

e, fl

orid

a, o

n m

onda

y.

10.

mrs

jens

on g

azed

at

the

star

s.

11.

the

nam

e of

the

mili

tary

shi

p w

as t

he in

trep

id.

12.

my

mot

her

and

I wen

t ro

win

g on

cay

uga

lake

.

Mr.

Mill

er g

reet

ed th

e gu

ests

on

the

boat

.

The

boat

doc

ked

at th

e m

arin

a in

Mon

tere

y, C

alifo

rnia

.

We

left

the

port

at S

t. Au

gust

ine,

Flo

rida,

on

Mon

day.

Mrs

. Jen

son

gaze

d at

the

star

s.

The

nam

e of

the

mili

tary

shi

p w

as th

e In

trepi

d.

My

mot

her a

nd I

wen

t row

ing

on C

ayug

a La

ke.

40G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_040

.indd

40

9/9/

06

7:32

:09

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

eSi

ng

ula

r an

dPl

ura

l No

un

s

Less

on

12

Cir

cle

the

sin

gul

ar c

om

mo

n n

oun

s. U

nd

erlin

e th

ep

lura

l no

uns.

1.

Car

l is

a bi

olog

ist

who

stu

dies

inha

bita

nts

of t

he s

ea.

2.

A

per

son

shou

ld b

e re

spec

tful

of t

he h

abita

ts o

f oth

er c

reat

ures

.

3.

One

tid

al p

ool c

an c

onta

in m

any

pla

nts

and

anim

als.

4.

All

livin

g th

ings

mus

t be

abl

e to

ada

pt

to a

cha

ngin

g en

viro

nmen

t.

5.

Jen

rea

d th

ree

book

s th

is m

onth

, but

Lou

is r

ead

only

one

mag

azin

e.

6.

The

cou

nsel

or lo

st h

is w

atch

in a

big

wav

e.

7.

And

rew

com

pla

ined

abo

ut h

is w

et s

wea

ter

and

sock

s.

Ch

ang

e th

e n

oun

s in

par

enth

eses

( )

fro

m s

ing

ular

to

plu

ral a

nd

rew

rite

the

sen

ten

ces.

8.

The

red

(cr

ab)

can

be fo

und

near

the

(do

ck).

9.

My

(frie

nd)

used

(w

orm

) as

bai

t.

10.

We

cond

ucte

d th

e (s

tudy

) at

Cob

scoo

k Ba

y.

11.

The

(bo

y) a

te b

aked

(p

otat

o) fo

r lu

nch.

12.

The

(se

agul

l) la

nded

nea

r th

e (b

ush)

.

Mak

e a

list

of

thin

gs

you

can

fin

d in

yo

ur

ho

me.

Wri

te d

ow

n a

nd

lab

el t

hre

e it

ems

that

ar

e si

ng

ula

r an

d t

hre

e it

ems

that

are

plu

ral.

The

red

crab

s ca

n be

foun

d ne

ar th

e do

cks.

My

frien

ds u

sed

wor

ms

as b

ait.

We

cond

ucte

d th

e st

udie

s at

Cob

scoo

k Ba

y.

The

boys

ate

bak

ed p

otat

oes

for l

unch

.

The

seag

ulls

land

ed n

ear t

he b

ushe

s.

Acce

pt re

ason

able

resp

onse

s.

41G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_041

.indd

419/

9/06

7:33

:13

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

eSi

ng

ula

r an

dPl

ura

l No

un

s

Less

on

12

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

, usi

ng

th

e co

rrec

t p

lura

lfo

rm o

f th

e n

oun

in p

aren

thes

es.

1.

We

disp

laye

d th

e se

ashe

lls o

n th

e (s

helf)

.

2.

How

man

y (f

oot)

long

was

the

fish

you

cau

ght?

3.

We

ate

the

fish

with

fork

s an

d (k

nife

).

4.

Sai

lors

lead

inte

rest

ing

(life

).

5.

Som

etim

es r

ats

and

(mou

se)

com

e of

f the

shi

ps,

too

.

6.

I s

aw (

goos

e) fl

ying

by

the

shor

e.

7.

How

man

y (p

erso

n) v

isit

this

bea

ch e

ach

year

?

Wri

te t

he

corr

ect

plu

ral f

orm

of

each

sin

gul

ar c

om

mo

n n

oun

.

8.

The

chi

ld lo

ves

to s

wim

.

9.

The

wom

an g

oes

surf

ing.

10.

The

she

ep n

eeds

to

be s

hear

ed.

11.

I s

aw a

fox.

12.

My

toot

h is

hur

ting.

13.

A d

eer

wal

ks in

to t

he w

oods

.

14.

The

thi

ef c

rep

t aw

ay q

uiet

ly.

15.

The

loaf

was

sta

le.

We

disp

laye

d th

e se

ashe

lls o

n th

e sh

elve

s.

How

man

y fe

et lo

ng w

as th

e fis

h yo

u ca

ught

?

We

ate

the

fish

with

fork

s an

d kn

ives

.

Sailo

rs le

ad in

tere

stin

g liv

es.

Som

etim

es ra

ts a

nd m

ice

com

e of

f the

shi

ps, t

oo.

I saw

gee

se fl

ying

by

the

shor

e.

How

man

y pe

ople

vis

it th

is b

each

eac

h ye

ar?

child

ren

wom

ensh

eep

foxe

ste

eth

deer

thie

ves

loav

es

42G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_042

.indd

429/

9/06

7:34

:21

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e

Less

on

12

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) Y

ou

may

th

ink

th

e d

eser

t d

oes

no

t su

pp

ort

life

of

any

kin

d,

bu

t th

at is

far

fro

m t

rue.

(2) A

des

erts

can

be

ho

me

to t

ho

usa

nd

s o

f

dif

fere

nt

pla

nts

. (3) T

he

har

sh e

nvi

ron

men

t m

akes

su

rviv

al d

iffi

cult

,

bu

t m

any

pla

nt

hav

e ad

apte

d. (4

) So

me

pla

nts

hav

e sp

iny

leaf

to

slo

w d

ow

n e

vap

ora

tio

n. (5

) Th

e ca

ctu

s is

an

exa

mp

le o

f th

is t

ype

of

pla

nt.

(6) I

t ev

olv

ed t

his

way

to

to

lera

te e

xtre

me

hea

t an

d e

nd

ure

lon

g d

rou

ghts

.

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

no p

lura

ls?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 6

2.

Whi

ch is

the

cor

rect

plu

ral f

or le

af(S

ente

nce

4)?

Ale

afs

Ble

aves

Cle

afes

Dle

afie

s

3.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a p

lura

l nou

n w

here

a s

ingu

lar

noun

sho

uld

be?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 3

DSe

nten

ce 5

4.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a si

ngul

ar n

oun

whe

re a

plu

ral n

oun

shou

ld b

e?A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

2C

Sent

ence

3D

Sent

ence

5

5.

Whi

ch is

the

cor

rect

plu

ral

for

envi

ronm

ent

(Sen

tenc

e 3)

?A

envi

ronm

ent

Ben

viro

nmen

tsC

envi

ronm

ente

sD

envi

ronm

entie

s

6.

Whi

ch is

the

cor

rect

plu

ral f

or li

fe(S

ente

nce

1)?

Alif

eB

lifes

Cliv

eD

lives

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

43G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_043

.indd

439/

9/06

7:34

:53

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e Si

ng

ula

r an

dPl

ura

l No

un

s

Less

on

12

Wri

te t

he

sin

gul

ar f

orm

of

the

plu

ral n

oun

in e

ach

sen

ten

ce.

1.

We

wor

e sc

arve

s to

go

out

on d

eck.

2.

We

caug

ht m

any

fish

on t

he la

st t

rip.

3.

The

sp

ies

hid

in t

he s

ubm

arin

e.

4.

The

sai

lor

mad

e kn

ots

alon

g th

e le

ngth

of t

he r

ope.

5.

My

fath

er w

ore

blue

tie

s w

hen

he w

as in

the

Nav

y.

6.

The

cra

b p

ot h

ad la

tche

s on

its

side

.

7.

The

dol

phi

n na

viga

ted

by li

sten

ing

for

echo

es.

8.

Wer

e th

e kn

ives

kep

t in

a s

afe

pla

ce?

Rep

lace

all

sin

gul

ar c

om

mo

n n

oun

s w

ith

plu

rals

an

d r

ewri

te t

he

sen

ten

ces.

9.

The

sea

gull

ate

Car

l’s s

nack

!

10.

Be

sure

to

wea

r ru

bber

boo

ts if

you

hik

e th

roug

h th

e m

arsh

.

11.

The

bus

tra

vele

d da

ily t

o th

e ha

rbor

in B

osto

n.

12.

He

clut

ched

the

sta

rfis

h in

his

bar

e ha

nd.sc

arf

fish

spy

tieknot

latc

h

echo

knife

The

seag

ulls

ate

Car

l’s s

nack

s!

Be s

ure

to w

ear r

ubbe

r boo

ts if

you

hik

e th

roug

h th

e

mar

shes

.

The

buse

s tra

vele

d da

ily to

the

harb

ors

in B

osto

n.

He c

lutc

hed

the

star

fish

in h

is b

are

hand

s.

44G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_044

.indd

44

9/9/

06

7:35

:44

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

ePo

sses

sive

No

un

s

Less

on

13

Cir

cle

the

po

sses

sive

no

uns

and

un

der

line

the

com

mo

n n

oun

s th

at t

ell w

hat

th

ey p

oss

ess.

1.

Cin

dy s

tand

s on

the

boa

rdw

alk’

s st

eps.

2.

Gre

g’s

boat

is d

ocke

d in

New

Yor

k C

ity.

3.

Hav

e yo

u se

en t

he c

ity’s

mar

inas

?

4.

The

har

bor’s

shi

pp

ing

offic

e is

clo

sed.

5.

Pet

er’s

frie

nd w

on t

he s

ailin

g co

mp

etiti

on.

6.

Jan

wat

ches

the

clo

ud’s

sha

pe

chan

ge.

7.

The

oce

an’s

wav

es p

ound

the

sho

re.

8.

Gus

ts o

f win

d fil

l the

shi

p’s

sai

l.

9.

The

girl

’s h

air

blow

s in

the

win

d.

10.

Ton

ya’s

sca

rf is

in h

er b

ag.

Wri

te t

he

po

sses

sive

no

un in

eac

h s

ente

nce

an

d la

bel

it a

s si

ng

ular

or

plu

ral.

11.

The

cre

w o

beye

d th

e ca

pta

in’s

ord

ers.

12.

The

rop

es’ e

nds

wer

e fr

ayed

.

13.

Aft

er t

he s

torm

, the

wat

er’s

sur

face

was

stil

l.

14.

Pet

er p

ut h

is d

uffe

l bag

und

er t

he li

febo

at’s

sea

t.

15.

Mak

e su

re t

hat

the

cord

s’ k

nots

are

tie

d tig

htly

.

16.

The

cre

w’s

bun

ks w

ere

belo

w d

eck.

17.

All

the

cabi

ns’ d

oors

wer

e lo

cked

.

18.

The

sai

lors

’ frie

nds

wai

ted

for

them

to

com

e as

hore

.

capt

ain’

s; s

ingu

lar

rope

s’; p

lura

lw

ater

’s; s

ingu

lar

lifeb

oat’s

; sin

gula

r

cord

s’; p

lura

l

crew

’s; s

ingu

lar

cabi

ns’;

plur

al sailo

rs’;

plur

al

45G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_045

.indd

459/

9/06

7:36

:35

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

ePo

sses

sive

No

un

s

Less

on

13

Wri

te t

he

corr

ect

form

of

the

plu

ral p

oss

essi

ve n

oun

in e

ach

sen

ten

ce.

1.

The

(w

oman

s’/w

omen

’s)

ferr

y rid

e la

sted

thi

rty

min

utes

.

2.

The

shi

p’s

coo

k sh

arp

ened

the

(kn

ives

’/kn

ifes’

) bl

ades

.

3.

The

cap

tain

exp

lain

ed t

hat

the

carg

o w

as (

shee

ps’

/she

ep’s

) w

ool.

4.

The

(m

ens’

/men

’s)

surv

ival

was

an

extr

aord

inar

y ev

ent.

5.

The

(w

ive’

s/w

ives

’) p

lan

to t

hrow

a w

elco

me

par

ty w

as a

suc

cess

.

Wri

te e

ach

sen

ten

ce w

ith

th

e p

lura

l po

sses

sive

fo

rm o

f th

e w

ord

in p

aren

thes

es (

).

6.

The

(ch

ild)

trip

was

to

a w

ildlif

e ce

nter

nea

r Bo

ston

.

7.

In

the

rode

nt r

oom

, the

y sa

w t

he (

mou

se)

cage

s.

8.

The

y vi

site

d N

ew E

ngla

nd in

fall,

whe

n th

e (le

af)

colo

rs c

hang

ed.

9.

A p

rogr

am w

as in

trod

uced

to

help

gra

y (w

olf)

sur

viva

l in

New

Eng

land

.

10.

Man

y (p

eop

le)

sup

por

t he

lped

the

pro

gram

gro

w.

wom

en’s

kniv

es’

shee

p’s

men

’s

wiv

es’

The

child

ren’

s tri

p w

as to

a w

ildlif

e ce

nter

nea

r Bos

ton.

In th

e ro

dent

room

, the

y sa

w th

e m

ice’

s ca

ges.

Th

ey v

isite

d

New

Eng

land

in fa

ll, w

hen

the

leav

es’ c

olor

s ch

ange

d.

A pr

ogra

m w

as in

trodu

ced

to h

elp

gray

wol

ves’

sur

viva

l in

New

Eng

land

.

Man

y pe

ople

’s s

uppo

rt he

lped

the

prog

ram

gro

w.

46G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_046

.indd

469/

9/06

7:37

:50

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e

Less

on

13

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) T

he

men

’s b

oat

is r

ead

y to

set

sai

l. (2

) Th

e m

en w

ill b

e

away

at

sea

for

man

y d

ays.

(3) T

hei

r fa

mil

ies

gat

her

on

th

e d

ock

to w

ave

go

od

-bye

. (4) T

he

men

kis

s th

eir

wiv

es a

nd

acc

ept

thei

r

chil

dre

n h

ug

s. (5

) On

e m

an’s

fam

ily

even

bri

ng

s th

e d

og

to

say

goo

d-b

ye! (6

) Th

e ca

pta

in’s

so

n s

ou

nd

s th

e b

oat

’s h

orn

, an

d t

he

men

beg

in t

o b

oar

d.

1.

Whi

ch o

f the

follo

win

g ha

sno

pos

sess

ive

noun

s?A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

2C

Sent

ence

5D

Sent

ence

6

2.

How

sho

uld

the

unde

rline

d w

ord

in S

ente

nce

4 be

writ

ten?

Ach

ildre

ns’

Bch

ildre

n’s

Cch

ilds’

Dch

ildre

ns’s

3.

Whi

ch is

a p

lura

l pos

sess

ive

noun

?A

men

’sB

fam

ilies

Cw

ives

Dm

an’s

4.

Whi

ch B

EST

desc

ribes

the

und

erlin

ed

wor

d in

Sen

tenc

e 6?

Asi

ngul

ar n

oun

Bsi

ngul

ar p

osse

ssiv

e no

unC

plu

ral n

oun

Dp

lura

l pos

sess

ive

noun

5.

How

man

y p

osse

ssiv

e no

uns

are

in S

ente

nce

6?A

one

Btw

oC

thre

eD

none

6.

Whi

ch is

a s

ingu

lar

pos

sess

ive

noun

?A

men

’sB

days

Cca

pta

in’s

Dso

unds

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

47G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_047

.indd

479/

9/06

7:38

:21

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e Po

sses

sive

No

un

s

Less

on

13

Cir

cle

the

po

sses

sive

no

uns

and

lab

el e

ach

as

sing

ular

o

r pl

ural

.

1.

Thi

s co

untr

y’s

hist

ory

is v

ery

inte

rest

ing.

2.

Aft

er m

any

days

at

sea,

the

set

tlers

’ jou

rney

end

ed.

3.

The

peo

ple

’s s

upp

lies

did

not

last

the

ent

ire w

inte

r.

4.

The

firs

t co

lony

’s p

opul

atio

n in

clud

ed m

any

child

ren.

5.

Up

until

age

eig

ht, b

oys’

clo

thin

g w

as t

he s

ame

as g

irls’

clo

thin

g.

Rew

rite

th

e se

nte

nce

s. R

epla

ce t

he

und

erlin

ed w

ord

s w

ith

a p

oss

essi

ve n

oun

an

d

the

wo

rd o

r w

ord

s th

at t

ell w

hat

th

e n

oun

po

sses

ses.

6.

The

str

eets

of B

osto

n w

ere

qui

et.

7.

Alis

ha v

isite

d th

e hi

stor

ical

site

s of

the

city

.

8.

I r

ead

abou

t th

e liv

es o

f wom

en d

urin

g co

loni

al t

imes

.

9.

Reb

ecca

tho

ught

the

sta

rs a

nd s

trip

es o

f the

flag

wer

e a

good

des

ign.

10.

He

answ

ered

the

que

stio

ns t

he c

hild

ren

had

abou

t th

e M

ayflo

wer

voy

age.

Bost

on’s

stre

ets

wer

e qu

iet.

Alis

ha v

isite

d th

e ci

ty’s

his

toric

al s

ites.

I rea

d ab

out w

omen

’s li

ves

durin

g co

loni

al ti

mes

.

Rebe

cca

thou

ght t

he fl

ag’s

sta

rs a

nd s

tripe

s w

ere

a

good

des

ign.

He a

nsw

ered

the

child

ren’

s qu

estio

ns a

bout

the

May

flow

er v

oyag

e.

sing

ular

plur

al

plur

al

sing

ular plur

al, p

lura

l

48G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_048

.indd

48

9/9/

06

7:39

:19

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

ePr

on

ou

ns

and

An

tece

den

ts

Less

on

14

Cir

cle

the

pro

no

un a

nd

un

der

line

the

ante

ced

ent

in

each

sen

ten

ce.

1.

My

par

ents

wan

ted

me

to s

how

the

m m

y sc

ienc

e te

st.

2.

The

tes

t w

as u

pst

airs

, and

I fe

tche

d it.

3.

I s

tudi

ed w

ith B

ianc

a, a

nd s

he e

xpla

ined

the

wat

er c

ycle

.

4.

Ang

ela

said

she

kne

w a

bout

eva

por

atio

n an

d co

nden

satio

n.

5.

Jor

ge s

tudi

ed h

ard

for

the

test

, and

he

got

an A

.

6.

Bef

ore

she

took

the

tes

t, C

laire

was

ver

y ne

rvou

s.

7.

Jon

let

Ces

ar b

orro

w h

is n

otes

on

pre

cip

itatio

n.

8.

Jon

and

Ces

ar s

tudi

ed u

ntil

they

felt

conf

iden

t.

9.

Aft

er t

hey

took

the

tes

t, t

he s

tude

nts

had

a p

arty

.

10.

The

re w

ere

30 s

tude

nts

in t

he c

lass

, but

onl

y 25

of t

hem

wen

t to

the

par

ty.

Wri

te t

he

corr

ect

pro

no

un in

eac

h b

lan

k an

d la

bel

th

e p

ron

oun

as

sing

ular

or

plur

al. I

f th

e p

ron

oun

is s

ing

ular

, lab

el it

as

mas

culin

e, fe

min

ine,

or

neut

er.

11.

Roge

r an

noun

ced

that

w

ants

to

build

a w

eath

er s

tatio

n.

12.

Mar

ia w

ould

like

to

help

Rog

er, b

ut

sch

edul

e is

too

bus

y.

13.

Eva

n an

d Ri

ck w

atch

ed c

loud

s as

par

t of

w

eath

er p

roje

ct.

14.

Sar

ah b

ough

t se

vera

l the

rmom

eter

s an

d p

ut

in d

iffer

ent

pla

ces.

15.

I c

heck

ed t

he w

eath

er v

ane

and

saw

tha

t p

oint

ed e

ast.

he; s

ingu

lar,

mas

culin

e

her;

sing

ular

, fem

inin

e

thei

r; pl

ural

them

; plu

ral

it; s

ingu

lar,

neut

er

49G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_049

.indd

499/

9/06

7:40

:43

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

ePr

on

ou

ns

and

An

tece

den

ts

Less

on

14

Wri

te t

he

pro

no

un a

nd

its

ante

ced

ent

in t

he

follo

win

g

sen

ten

ces.

1.

Joe

wan

ted

to b

e a

met

eoro

logi

st. H

e ke

pt

a w

eath

er jo

urna

l.

pro

no

un:

ante

ced

ent:

2.

Did

you

hea

r th

e st

orm

last

nig

ht?

It w

as s

o lo

ud!

pro

no

un:

ante

ced

ent:

3.

Ms.

Hen

shaw

rec

orde

d th

e te

mp

erat

ure.

John

hel

ped

her

.

pro

no

un:

ante

ced

ent:

4.

I h

ad t

roub

le w

ith M

r. A

nder

son’

s le

sson

. Sho

uld

I ask

him

for

extr

a he

lp?

pro

no

un:

ante

ced

ent:

5.

The

Dav

idso

ns in

vite

d Le

ah t

o go

sle

ddin

g. T

hey

have

an

extr

a sl

ed.

pro

no

un:

ante

ced

ent:

6.

The

stu

dent

s sa

w fr

ost

on t

he g

roun

d. It

soo

n m

elte

d aw

ay.

pro

no

un:

ante

ced

ent:

7.

I fo

rgot

to

chec

k th

e ra

in g

uage

for

Ann

a. S

he w

as n

ot a

ngry

.

pro

no

un:

ante

ced

ent:

8.

Kei

th a

nd Je

nna

gave

Mia

a b

ook

abou

t w

eath

er. M

ia t

hank

ed t

hem

.

pro

no

un:

ante

ced

ent:

Cir

cle

the

corr

ect

pro

no

un a

nd

un

der

line

the

ante

ced

ent.

9.

Bre

nda

wen

t ou

tdoo

rs. W

ould

you

like

to

leav

e (s

he/h

er)

a m

essa

ge?

10.

My

neig

hbor

s m

oved

to

Ala

ska.

(Th

eir/

They

) lik

e th

e sn

ow.

11.

At

room

tem

per

atur

e, ic

e m

elts

gra

dual

ly. (

It/H

e) d

oes

not

mel

t im

med

iate

ly.

12.

Bre

t ex

pla

ined

how

wat

er e

vap

orat

es. (

His

/He)

exp

lana

tion

real

ly h

elp

ed m

e!

13.

May

hel

ped

Cha

rlie

mak

e a

baro

met

er. (

It/H

e) w

as t

hank

ful f

or t

he fa

vor.

14.

Bet

h fe

ll on

the

ice.

(H

er/T

heir)

arm

was

sp

rain

ed, b

ut (

him

/she

) is

all

right

.

15.

The

boy

s ha

ve le

ft fo

r th

e la

ke. I

f you

hur

ry, y

ou c

an c

atch

(hi

m/t

hem

).

HeJo

e

Itst

orm

her

Ms.

Hen

shaw

him

Mr.

Ande

rson

They

Davi

dson

s

Itfro

st

She

Anna

them

Keith

and

Jen

na

50G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_050

.indd

509/

9/06

7:41

:12

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e

Less

on

14

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

uses

a p

rono

un

inco

rrec

tly?

ASe

nten

ce 2

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 5

2.

Whi

ch p

rono

un w

ould

be

an

app

rop

riate

rep

lace

men

t fo

r th

e un

derli

ned

wor

ds in

Sen

tenc

e 4?

Ahe

rB

them

Cit

Dhi

m

3.

Whi

ch is

the

ant

eced

ent

of t

he

pro

noun

it in

Sen

tenc

e 2?

A

glob

al w

arm

ing

Bgr

eenh

ouse

Cef

fect

Dgl

obal

4.

Whi

ch is

the

ant

eced

ent

for

they

in

Sent

ence

5?

Agl

obal

war

min

gB

Eart

h’s

atm

osp

here

Cth

e gr

eenh

ouse

effe

ctD

pol

luta

nts

5.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

no p

rono

un?

ASe

nten

ce1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 3

DSe

nten

ce 5

6.

Whi

ch w

ould

be

the

corr

ect

pro

noun

in S

ente

nce

3?

Ath

eyB

heC

itD

she

(1) G

lob

al w

arm

ing

has

bec

om

e a

po

pu

lar

top

ic a

mo

ng

sci

enti

sts

in

rece

nt

year

s. (2

) Bec

ause

glo

bal

war

min

g a

cts

to “

pu

t E

arth

in a

gre

enh

ou

se,”

it is

als

o c

alle

d t

he

gre

enh

ou

se e

ffec

t. (3

) Su

nli

gh

t en

ters

th

e at

mo

sph

ere

and

then

sh

e w

arm

s E

arth

’s s

urf

ace.

(4) P

oll

uta

nts

in t

he

air

pre

ven

t th

e h

eat

fro

m

leav

ing,

tra

pp

ing

th

e h

eat

in E

arth

’s a

tmo

sph

ere.

(5) T

hes

e p

oll

uta

nts

mu

st b

e

con

tro

lled

bec

ause

th

ey w

ill c

ause

ser

iou

s p

rob

lem

s if

Ear

th g

ets

too

ho

t.

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f th

e st

uden

t’s

roug

h d

raft

. Th

en a

nsw

er

the

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

51G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_051

.indd

519/

9/06

7:41

:47

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e Pr

on

ou

ns

and

An

tece

den

ts

Less

on

14

Cir

cle

the

ante

ced

ent

for

each

un

der

lined

pro

no

un.

Wri

te w

het

her

th

e w

ord

is s

ingu

lar

or

plur

al.

1.

I c

an’t

use

my

bath

tub.

Wat

er w

on’t

go

dow

n its

dra

in.

2.

I t

elep

hone

d m

y br

othe

rs t

o as

k fo

r he

lp, b

ut t

hey

wer

e bu

sy.

3.

Din

ah o

ffere

d m

e he

r to

ols,

but

the

y di

dn’t

wor

k.

4.

The

plu

mbe

r sa

id h

e ca

n co

me

in t

he m

orni

ng.

5.

Unt

il th

en, G

ina

said

, I c

an u

se t

he b

atht

ub in

her

hou

se.

6.

I a

sked

my

land

lord

if s

he w

ould

pay

for

the

rep

airs

.

7.

Our

leas

e sa

ys t

hat

she

is r

esp

onsi

ble.

It is

in t

he fi

ling

cabi

net.

Rew

rite

th

e se

nte

nce

s, r

epla

cin

g u

nd

erlin

ed w

ord

s w

ith

pro

no

uns.

8.

Eve

ry w

inte

r, m

y fr

iend

s ca

ll m

e w

hen

my

frie

nds

know

the

lake

is fr

ozen

.

9.

Jas

on s

aid

that

Jaso

n w

ould

go

ice-

skat

ing,

and

I w

ant

to g

o w

ith Ja

son.

10.

I a

m m

eetin

g Sa

rah

at t

he la

ke. S

arah

will

hel

p m

e p

ract

ice

skat

ing.

11.

Jen

na le

ft Je

nna’

s sk

ates

at

Jenn

a’s

frie

nd’s

hou

se.

12.

Whe

neve

r m

y m

othe

r go

es ic

e-sk

atin

g, m

y m

othe

r ha

s a

good

tim

e.

sing

ular plur

al

Ever

y w

inte

r, m

y fri

ends

cal

l me

whe

n th

ey k

now

the

lake

is fr

ozen

.

Jaso

n sa

id th

at h

e w

ould

go

ice-

skat

ing,

and

I w

ant t

o go

with

him

.

I am

mee

ting

Sara

h at

the

lake

. She

will

hel

p m

e pr

actic

e sk

atin

g.

Jenn

a le

ft he

r ska

tes

at h

er fr

iend

’s h

ouse

.

Whe

neve

r my

mot

her g

oes

ice-

skat

ing,

she

has

a g

ood

time.

plur

alsi

ngul

ar sing

ular

sing

ular si

ngul

ar

52G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_052

.indd

52

9/9/

06

7:42

:38

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e

Less

on

15

(1) I

wen

t tr

avel

ing

wit

h m

y F

amil

y o

ver

sum

mer

vac

atio

n. (2

) We

dro

ve t

o c

anad

a to

see

th

e m

oo

se. (3

) We

sto

pp

ed a

t n

iag

ara

Fal

ls a

nd

rod

e a

bo

at c

alle

d t

he

Mai

d o

f th

e M

ist.

(4) T

he

spra

y fr

om

th

e fa

lls

soak

ed m

y p

ants

, bu

t m

y b

roth

er t

heo

had

an

ext

ra p

air

for

me.

(5) T

he

sou

ven

irs

we

bo

ug

ht

had

map

le le

af o

n t

hem

, bec

ause

th

ere

is a

map

le

leaf

on

Can

ada’

s fl

ag.

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

inco

rrec

tly

spel

ls a

com

mon

nou

n w

ith

a ca

pita

l let

ter?

A

Sent

ence

1B

Se

nten

ce 2

C

Sent

ence

3D

Se

nten

ce 4

2.

Whi

ch is

the

cor

rect

sp

ellin

g of

the

und

erlin

ed w

ord

in

Sent

ence

2?

A

moo

sies

B

mic

eC

m

oose

sD

co

rrec

t as

is

3.

Whi

ch w

ord

in S

ente

nce

4 sh

ould

beg

in w

ith a

cap

ital

lett

er?

A

spra

yB

p

ants

C

theo

D

extr

a

4.

Whi

ch is

an

inco

rrec

tly

cap

italiz

ed p

rop

er n

oun

in

Sent

ence

3?

A

stop

ped

B

niag

ara

Falls

C

boat

D

Mai

d of

the

Mis

t

5.

Whi

ch w

ord

in S

ente

nce

2 sh

ould

be

writ

ten

with

a

cap

ital l

ette

r?A

dr

ove

B

see

C

cana

daD

m

oose

6.

Whi

ch is

the

cor

rect

plu

ral

of t

he u

nder

lined

wor

d in

Se

nten

ce 5

?A

le

afs

B

leaf

esC

le

aves

D

leav

s

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

C

on

nec

tio

n

53G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_053

.indd

53

9/9/

06

7:43

:29

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e

Less

on

15

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) J

aso

n w

as a

her

o in

Gre

ek m

yth

olo

gy,

an

d h

e sa

iled

a s

hip

call

ed t

he

Arg

o. (2

) Th

e A

rgo

s cr

ew m

emb

ers

wer

e k

no

wn

as

the

Arg

on

auts

. (3) T

he

Arg

on

auts

had

man

y ad

ven

ture

s w

ith

Jas

on

.

(4) O

ne

of

the

mis

sio

ns

of

the

Arg

on

auts

was

to

sai

l th

rou

gh t

he

Cla

shin

g Is

lan

ds.

(5) T

hes

e tw

o g

ian

t cl

iffs

clo

sed

in o

n a

nyt

hin

g th

at

trav

eled

bet

wee

n

. (6) J

aso

n’s

ship

was

th

e fi

rst

on

e to

pas

s th

rou

gh

th

e cl

iffs

saf

ely.

1.

Whi

ch is

the

ant

eced

ent

for

the

pro

noun

in S

ente

nce

1?A

Ja

son

B

Gre

ek m

ytho

logy

C

ship

D

Arg

o

2.

Whi

ch is

the

cor

rect

pun

ctua

tion

for

the

unde

rline

d w

ords

in S

ente

nce

2?A

Th

e A

rgos

cre

w m

embe

r’sB

Th

e A

rgos

cre

w m

embe

rs’

C

The

Arg

o’s

crew

mem

bers

D

The

Arg

os’ c

rew

mem

bers

3.

Whi

ch p

rono

un c

an b

e us

ed t

o re

pla

ce t

he u

nder

lined

wor

ds in

Se

nten

ce 3

?A

Th

eyB

It

C

She

D

Its

4.

Whi

ch is

the

cor

rect

pos

sess

ive

phr

ase

for

the

unde

rline

d w

ords

in

Sen

tenc

e 4?

A

mis

sion

’s A

rgon

auts

B

mis

sion

s’ A

rgon

auts

C

Arg

onau

t’s m

issi

ons

D

Arg

onau

ts’ m

issi

ons

5.

Whi

ch p

rono

un s

houl

d go

in t

he

blan

k in

Sen

tenc

e 5?

A

they

B

them

C

her

D

he

6.

Whi

ch w

ord

in S

ente

nce

6 is

a

pos

sess

ive

noun

?A

Ja

son’

sB

sh

ipC

on

eD

cl

iffs

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

C

on

nec

tio

n

54G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_054

.indd

54

9/9/

06

7:45

:04

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

eSu

bje

ctiv

e an

dO

bje

ctiv

e C

ase

Pro

no

un

s

Less

on

16

Wri

te t

he

pro

no

un t

hat

co

uld

rep

lace

th

e un

der

lined

wo

rd o

r w

ord

s.

1.

Bre

tt w

rites

in h

is jo

urna

l eve

ry d

ay.

2.

His

new

jour

nal i

s a

gift

from

his

old

er b

roth

er.

3.

Bre

tt s

ays

writ

ing

is b

oth

fun

and

rew

ardi

ng.

4.

Bre

tt’s

mot

her

enco

urag

es B

rett

to

writ

e st

orie

s an

d p

oem

s.

5.

Bre

tt r

eads

thr

ee p

oem

s al

oud

to L

ee, C

lark

, and

Gar

y.

6.

The

poe

ms

wer

e p

ublis

hed

in t

he s

choo

l new

spap

er.

7.

Gar

y te

lls B

rett

tha

t th

e p

oem

s ar

e go

od.

8.

The

boy

s as

k Br

ett’s

mot

her

to jo

in t

heir

writ

ing

grou

p.

9.

The

n Br

ett’s

mot

her

show

s he

r w

ritin

g p

rize

to t

he b

oys.

10.

The

boy

s ar

e sp

eech

less

with

sur

pris

e!

Cir

cle

the

sub

ject

ive

case

pro

no

uns.

Un

der

line

the

ob

ject

ive

case

pro

no

uns.

11.

I o

ften

writ

e ne

wsp

aper

art

icle

s w

ith h

im.

12.

Ana

gav

e th

at a

ssig

nmen

t to

us.

12.

She

tra

vels

to

the

offic

e w

ith L

uis

and

me.

13.

You

can

ask

her

for

a ra

ise

next

yea

r.

14.

Lui

s an

d I h

ave

a go

od t

ime

rese

arch

ing

stor

ies.

15.

It

is s

uch

an e

xciti

ng jo

b.

16.

We

wor

k ha

rd a

t it

all y

ear

long

!

17.

May

be h

e w

ill s

how

the

pho

togr

aphs

to

you.

18.

The

y ar

e in

tere

stin

g, a

nd s

ome

are

funn

y, t

oo.

19.

A m

an m

akes

a s

illy

face

in o

ne o

f the

m.

20.

He

alw

ays

know

s w

hich

pic

ture

to

give

me

for

a st

ory!

HeIt it

She

them

They

him

her it

They

55G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_055

.indd

559/

9/06

7:50

:17

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

eSu

bje

ctiv

e an

dO

bje

ctiv

e C

ase

Pro

no

un

s

Less

on

16

Co

mp

lete

eac

h s

ente

nce

, usi

ng

eit

her

th

e p

ron

oun

I o

r th

ep

ron

oun

me.

1.

My

frie

nd a

nd

wan

ted

to v

isit

the

libra

ry.

2.

My

mot

her

drov

e N

ikki

and

t

o th

e bu

s st

op.

3.

She

gav

e N

ikki

and

t

oken

s fo

r th

e bu

s fa

re.

4.

Nik

ki a

nd

like

d th

e yo

ung-

adul

t se

ctio

n be

st.

5.

Nex

t m

onth

, Nik

ki a

nd

pla

n to

vol

unte

er a

t th

e lib

rary

.

If t

he

sen

ten

ce is

co

rrec

t, w

rite

cor

rect

. If

it is

no

t, r

ewri

te it

co

rrec

tly.

6.

Me

and

Jenn

ifer

read

com

ic b

ooks

.

7.

She

and

I vi

site

d th

e of

fices

of D

C C

omic

s, in

New

Yor

k C

ity.

8.

Lea

rnin

g ab

out

com

ics

is fu

n fo

r Je

nnife

r an

d m

e.

9.

Gra

ndm

a ga

ve s

ome

of h

er o

ld c

omic

s to

me

and

Jenn

ifer.

10.

Me

and

Lisa

like

to

writ

e an

d ill

ustr

ate

stor

ies.

11.

I a

nd L

isa

show

ed h

er o

ur d

raw

ings

.

12.

Will

you

buy

a c

omic

boo

k m

ade

by L

isa

and

me?

I

me

I

I

me

Jenn

ifer a

nd I

read

com

ic b

ooks

.

corr

ect

corr

ect

corr

ect

Gran

dma

gave

som

e of

her

old

com

ics

to J

enni

fer a

nd m

e.

Lisa

and

I lik

e to

writ

e an

d ill

ustra

te s

torie

s.

Lisa

and

I sh

owed

her

our

dra

win

gs.

56G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_056

.indd

569/

9/06

7:51

:18

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e

Less

on

16

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) O

ne

day

, I a

nd

my

litt

le s

iste

r d

ecid

ed t

o p

ain

t so

me

pic

ture

s. (2

) I f

ou

nd

som

e p

aper

an

d p

ain

ts f

or

Mis

sy a

nd

me.

(3) M

issy

an

d I

wer

e h

avin

g fu

n u

nti

l sh

e

star

ted

act

ing

sill

y b

y p

ain

tin

g h

er f

ace.

(4) I

kn

ew t

hat

sh

e an

d m

e w

ou

ld g

et in

to

tro

ub

le if

Mo

m f

ou

nd

a m

ess.

(5) I

usu

ally

get

sco

lded

wh

en t

her

e is

tro

ub

le w

ith

me

and

Mis

sy. (6

) I g

ot

her

to

hel

p m

e cl

ean

up

th

e m

ess,

an

d w

e w

ere

read

ing

a

bo

ok

wh

en M

om

go

t h

om

e.

1.

In

whi

ch s

ente

nce

are

pro

noun

s p

ut in

the

wro

ng o

rder

?A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

2C

Sent

ence

3D

Sent

ence

4

2.

In

whi

ch t

wo

sent

ence

s is

the

p

rono

unm

e p

ut in

the

wro

ng o

rder

?A

Sent

ence

2 a

nd 4

B

Sent

ence

s 2

and

5C

Sent

ence

s 4

and

5D

Sent

ence

s 4

and

6

3.

Whi

ch is

an

obje

ctiv

e ca

se p

rono

un?

AI (

Sent

ence

1)

Bm

e (S

ente

nce

2)C

she

(Sen

tenc

e 4)

Dw

e (S

ente

nce

6)

4.

How

sho

uld

the

unde

rline

d w

ords

in

Sen

tenc

e 3

be w

ritte

n?A

I and

Mis

syB

Mis

sy a

nd m

eC

Me

and

Mis

syD

They

are

cor

rect

.

5.

Whi

ch is

a s

ubje

ctiv

e ca

se p

rono

un

that

cou

ld r

epla

ce t

he u

nder

lined

w

ords

in S

ente

nce

4?A

itB

we

Cth

eyD

us

6.

How

sho

uld

the

unde

rline

d w

ords

in

Sen

tenc

e 5

be w

ritte

n?A

me

and

her

BM

issy

and

me

CM

issy

and

ID

They

are

cor

rect

.Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

C

on

nec

tio

n

57G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_057

.indd

579/

9/06

7:52

:16

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e Su

bje

ctiv

e an

dO

bje

ctiv

e C

ase

Pro

no

un

s

Less

on

16

Fill

in t

he

bla

nk

in e

ach

sen

ten

ce w

ith

a p

ron

oun

.

1.

Mom

, Dad

, and

w

ill v

isit

the

hom

e of

Lau

ra In

galls

Wild

er.

2.

The

mus

eum

dire

ctor

has

arr

ange

d a

spec

ial t

our

for

Mom

, Dad

, and

.

3.

“D

ad a

nd

will

pac

k th

e ca

r,” I

said

.

4.

We

are

taki

ng s

ome

of W

ilder

’s b

ooks

with

.

5.

p

lan

to h

ave

a w

eek

of fu

n.

Wri

te a

sen

ten

ce u

sin

g e

ach

pro

no

un b

elo

w. T

hen

wri

te w

het

her

th

e p

ron

oun

is u

sed

in t

he

subj

ecti

ve o

r ob

ject

ive

case

.

6.

we

7.

it

8.

him

9.

you

10.

me

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

I

I

me

us

We

We

are

liste

ning

to C

hen

read

his

new

sto

ry.

subj

ectiv

e

Jerr

y w

ante

d to

hea

r it.

obje

ctiv

e

A po

dium

was

set

up

for h

im in

the

audi

toriu

m.

obje

ctiv

e

You

than

ked

Chen

for t

he in

vita

tion.

sub

ject

ive

I hop

e Ch

en in

vite

s m

e to

his

nex

t rea

ding

! ob

ject

ive

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

58G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_058

.indd

58

9/9/

06

7:53

:29

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

ePo

sses

sive

and

Refl

exi

veC

ase

Pro

no

un

s

Less

on

17

Cir

cle

the

corr

ect

po

sses

sive

pro

no

un t

o c

om

ple

teea

ch s

ente

nce

.

1.

My

cous

in li

kes

to t

ell s

torie

s ab

out

(her

, he

rs)

frie

nds

and

neig

hbor

s.

2.

She

ent

erta

ins

(our

, ou

rs)

fam

ily w

ith t

he t

ales

.

3.

(M

y , M

ine)

tow

n ha

s a

stor

ytel

ling

com

pet

ition

eac

h su

mm

er.

4.

Be

sure

to

pra

ctic

e te

lling

(yo

ur ,

ours

) st

ory

befo

re t

he c

omp

etiti

on.

5.

The

chi

ldre

n te

ll (t

heir

, the

irs)

stor

ies.

6.

Jea

n’s

stor

y w

as t

he b

est

in (

min

e, it

s) c

ateg

ory.

7.

The

gra

nd p

rize

is (

her,

hers

).

8.

The

Blu

e Te

am w

on (

its, t

heirs

) fir

st c

omp

etiti

on t

his

year

.

9.

Thi

s tr

ophy

is (

my,

min

e).

10.

(O

urs,

Its)

lett

ers

spel

l the

wor

d “C

ham

pio

n.”

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Co

mp

lete

it w

ith

a c

orr

ect

po

sses

sive

pro

no

un.

11.

Whi

ch s

eats

are

?

12.

I t

hink

s

eats

are

in t

he fo

urth

row

.

13.

Tha

t se

at is

.

14.

The

act

ors

exit

the

stag

e on

r

ight

.

15.

I c

an’t

bel

ieve

the

y ar

e p

erfo

rmin

g p

lay!

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

Whi

ch s

eats

are

our

s?

I thi

nk y

our s

eats

are

in th

e fo

urth

row

.

That

sea

t is

min

e.

The

acto

rs e

xit t

he s

tage

on

thei

r rig

ht.

I can

’t be

lieve

they

are

per

form

ing

my

play

!

59G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_059

.indd

599/

19/0

67:

06:0

8AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

ePo

sses

sive

and

Refl

exi

veC

ase

Pro

no

un

s

Less

on

17

Cir

cle

the

refl

exiv

e p

ron

oun

in e

ach

sen

ten

ce. U

nd

erlin

eth

e w

ord

to

wh

ich

th

e p

ron

oun

ref

ers.

1.

“I w

ill t

each

mys

elf h

ow t

o w

rite,

” sa

id D

avid

.

2.

Dav

id p

rom

ised

him

self

that

he

wou

ld b

ecom

e a

fam

ous

writ

er s

ome

day.

3.

Kah

len

said

to

Dav

id, “

We

mus

t te

ll ou

rsel

ves

to s

tay

focu

sed.

”

4.

The

y w

orke

d ha

rd a

nd t

augh

t th

emse

lves

how

to

writ

e w

ell.

5.

You

can

hel

p y

ours

elf b

y ta

king

a w

ritin

g cl

ass.

6.

I t

ook

that

cla

ss a

nd e

njoy

ed m

ysel

f ver

y m

uch.

7.

Ros

e p

rom

ised

her

self

that

she

wou

ld s

ign

up fo

r th

e co

urse

.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Use

a c

orr

ect

refl

exiv

e p

ron

oun

to

rep

lace

th

e un

der

lined

w

ord

or

wo

rds.

8.

Jan

a an

d Lo

ri p

ersu

aded

Jana

and

Lor

i to

see

the

pla

y.

9.

Son

ja m

ust

get

Sonj

a re

ady,

or

she

will

mis

s he

r cu

e.

10.

I w

ill fi

nd a

rid

e to

the

the

ater

for

me.

11.

We

foun

d us

lost

in a

n un

fam

iliar

par

t of

the

city

.

12.

Mar

k in

trod

uced

Mar

k to

the

act

ors.

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e gi

ven.

Jana

and

Lor

i per

suad

ed th

emse

lves

to s

ee th

e pl

ay.

Sonj

a m

ust g

et h

erse

lf re

ady,

or s

he w

ill m

iss

her c

ue.

I will

find

a ri

de to

the

thea

ter f

or m

ysel

f.

We

foun

d ou

rsel

ves

lost

in a

n un

fam

iliar

par

t of t

he c

ity.

Mar

k in

trodu

ced

him

self

to th

e ac

tors

.

60G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_060

.indd

609/

19/0

67:

06:1

9AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e

Less

on

17

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s b

elo

w.

(1) O

ur

smal

l to

wn

is p

eace

ful,

qu

iet,

an

d b

ori

ng.

(2) I

co

nvi

nce

d m

ysel

f

that

no

thin

g e

xcit

ing

wo

uld

eve

r h

app

en h

ere.

(3) O

ne

day

, my

frie

nd

s an

d I

wer

e

enjo

yin

g o

urs

elve

s p

layi

ng

bas

ebal

l wh

en w

e h

eard

sh

ou

tin

g. (4

) Peo

ple

wer

e

talk

ing

amo

ng

an

d p

oin

tin

g a

t th

e sk

y. (5

) We

arri

ved

in t

ime

to

wat

ch t

wo

men

lan

d t

hei

r h

ot-

air

bal

loo

n in

th

e to

wn

sq

uar

e. (6

) Th

e p

ilo

t sa

id h

e

had

dro

pp

ed in

to t

ow

n t

o b

uy

a c

oo

l dri

nk

.

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a p

osse

ssiv

e p

rono

un?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 6

2.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a p

osse

ssiv

e p

rono

un a

nd a

ref

lexi

ve p

rono

un?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 6

3.

Whi

ch is

the

ref

lexi

ve p

rono

un in

Se

nten

ce 3

?A

my

BI

Cou

rsel

ves

Dw

e

4.

Whi

ch r

efle

xive

pro

noun

cou

ld

fill i

n th

e bl

ank

in S

ente

nce

4?A

your

selv

esB

itsel

fC

them

selv

esD

hers

elf

5.

Whi

ch is

a p

osse

ssiv

e p

rono

un?

Am

ysel

f (Se

nten

ce 2

) B

I (Se

nten

ce 3

)C

thei

r (S

ente

nce

5)

Dhe

(Se

nten

ce 6

)

6.

Whi

ch r

efle

xive

pro

noun

cou

ld fi

ll in

the

bla

nk in

Sen

tenc

e 6?

Aits

elf

Bm

ysel

fC

your

selv

esD

him

self

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

61G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_061

.indd

619/

9/06

7:55

:25

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e Po

sses

sive

and

Refl

exi

veC

ase

Pro

no

un

s

Less

on

17

Cir

cle

the

corr

ect

pro

no

un in

eac

h s

ente

nce

.

1.

The

stu

dent

s w

ill p

erfo

rm a

pla

y on

( th

eirs

, th

eir )

ass

embl

y da

y.

2.

Mar

go h

as c

onvi

nced

( yo

urse

lves

, he

rsel

f ) t

hat

she

shou

ld a

uditi

on fo

r th

e le

ad.

3.

( Yo

ur ,

Your

s ) li

nes

are

unde

rline

d.

4.

Ple

ase

retu

rn (

my ,

min

e ) s

crip

t af

ter

you

read

it.

5.

The

sce

ne s

he is

rea

ding

is (

her

, he

rs )

favo

rite.

6.

The

sta

ge n

eeds

to

have

( it

s , t

heir

) bo

ards

rep

lace

d.

7.

Chr

is, y

ou n

eed

to r

ead

your

line

s by

( yo

urse

lf , y

ours

).

8.

The

stu

dent

s as

ked

( the

mse

lves

, th

eir )

if a

nyon

e w

ould

com

e.

9.

We

need

to

get

( us ,

our

selv

es )

to t

he a

udito

rium

for

the

pla

y.

10.

On

open

ing

nigh

t, m

y fa

ther

dro

ve (

our

selv

es ,

him

self )

to

the

scho

ol.

Use

eac

h p

ron

oun

co

rrec

tly

in a

sen

ten

ce.

11.

you

r

12.

the

mse

lves

13.

you

rsel

f

14.

its

15.

her

s

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

Did

you

rem

embe

r to

brin

g yo

ur n

otes

?

The

writ

ers

help

ed th

emse

lves

to m

ore

coffe

e.

To b

e a

succ

essf

ul w

riter

, tel

l you

rsel

f not

to g

ive

up.

The

book

nee

ds it

s co

ver r

epla

ced.

This

aut

ogra

phed

cop

y of

the

book

is h

ers.

62G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_062

.indd

62

9/19

/06

7:0

6:29

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

eA

dje

ctiv

es a

nd

Art

icle

s

Less

on

18

Wri

te w

het

her

eac

h u

nd

erlin

ed a

dje

ctiv

e is

an

art

icle

or

wh

eth

er it

tel

ls w

hat

kind

,how

man

y, o

r w

hich

one

.

1.

Lau

rie’s

priz

e ca

lf w

as k

ept

in t

he li

vest

ock

tent

.

2.

She

was

the

firs

t p

erso

n in

her

fam

ily t

o w

in.

3.

Her

mom

invi

ted

Laur

ie’s

tw

o co

usin

s to

cel

ebra

te w

ith L

aurie

.

4.

The

red

doo

r op

ened

, and

som

eone

sho

uted

, “Su

rpris

e!”

5.

Lau

rie w

as d

elig

hted

to

see

her

two

Russ

ian

cous

ins!

6.

Lau

rie h

ad m

any

thin

gs t

o be

hap

py

abou

t to

day.

7.

She

ask

ed h

er m

om h

ow s

he k

ept

her

cous

ins’

vis

it a

secr

et.

8.

“You

r he

lpfu

l frie

nds

pla

nned

the

sur

pris

e w

ith m

e,”

she

said

.

Wri

te t

he

corr

ect

form

of

the

adje

ctiv

e fo

r ea

ch s

ente

nce

.

9.

Of a

ll th

e fa

rm a

nim

als,

a r

abbi

t is

the

(fu

n) t

o ow

n.

10.

Of t

he t

wo

rabb

its I

have

, Bou

ncer

is t

he (

pla

yful

) on

e.

11.

She

has

the

(p

rett

y) e

yes

I hav

e ev

er s

een!

12.

On

the

(hot

) da

ys o

f sum

mer

, I g

ive

her

lots

of w

ater

.

13.

Bou

ncer

hop

s (f

ast)

tha

n Be

rtie

hop

s.

14.

Bou

ncer

is a

lso

the

(hun

gry)

rab

bit.

15.

The

(fu

nny)

thi

ng o

f all

is t

hat

even

my

dog

Sam

like

s Bo

unce

r!

Wri

te a

sh

ort

par

agra

ph

ab

ou

t tw

o p

ets

you

kn

ow

or

hav

e re

ad a

bo

ut.

Use

th

e co

rrec

t fo

rms

of

adje

ctiv

es t

o c

om

par

e th

e tw

o p

ets.

artic

le

artic

le

how

man

yw

hich

one w

hat k

ind

wha

t kin

dho

w m

any wha

t kin

d

mos

t fun

mor

e pl

ayfu

lpr

ettie

st

hotte

stfa

ster

hung

rier

funn

iest

Acce

pt r

easo

nabl

e re

spon

ses.

63G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_063

.indd

639/

9/06

7:56

:40

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

eA

dje

ctiv

es a

nd

Art

icle

s

Less

on

18

Cir

cle

each

ad

ject

ive

used

to

co

mp

are.

Th

en u

nd

erlin

e th

eb

asic

fo

rm o

f th

e ad

ject

ive.

1.

Zac

h fe

lt th

at h

e w

as a

bet

ter

bass

pla

yer

than

sin

ger.

go

od

b

ad

2.

His

mot

her

said

his

bas

s p

layi

ng s

ound

ed w

orse

tha

n a

brok

en r

ecor

d.

go

od

b

ad

3.

She

tho

ught

he

was

the

wor

st b

ass

pla

yer

in t

he w

orld

!

go

od

b

ad

4.

How

ever

, she

tho

ught

he

was

the

bes

t si

nger

in t

he w

hole

sch

ool.

go

od

b

ad

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

, usi

ng

th

e co

rrec

t fo

rm o

f th

e ad

ject

ive

in p

aren

thes

es (

).

5.

Bet

wee

n sc

ienc

e an

d la

ngua

ge a

rts,

I am

(go

od)

in s

cien

ce.

6.

Am

ong

my

othe

r fo

ur s

ubje

cts,

I am

(go

od)

in m

ath.

7.

Of a

ll m

y cl

asse

s, I

rece

ived

my

(bad

) gr

ade

in g

ym.

8.

I h

ave

(bad

) sw

imm

ing

skill

s th

an m

y fr

iend

Kar

l.

9.

I h

ope

to g

et (

good

) gr

ades

nex

t ye

ar t

han

I did

thi

s ye

ar.

10.

Ebo

ny h

as t

he (

good

) ar

tistic

ski

lls in

the

who

le fi

fth

grad

e.

Betw

een

scie

nce

and

lang

uage

arts

, I a

m b

ette

r in

scie

nce.

Amon

g m

y ot

her f

our s

ubje

cts,

I am

bes

t in

mat

h.

Of a

ll m

y cl

asse

s, I

rece

ived

my

wor

st g

rade

in g

ym.

I hav

e w

orse

sw

imm

ing

skill

s th

an m

y fri

end

Karl.

I hop

e to

get

bet

ter g

rade

s ne

xt y

ear t

han

I did

this

yea

r.

Ebon

y ha

s th

e be

st a

rtist

ic s

kills

in th

e w

hole

fifth

gra

de.

64G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_064

.indd

649/

19/0

67:

06:4

4AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e

Less

on

18

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s b

elo

w.

(1) F

or

abo

ut

two

min

ute

s, I

th

ou

gh

t I

was

a m

ore

bet

ter

skie

r th

an m

y fr

ien

d

Ro

se. (2

) I w

as s

kii

ng

do

wn

th

e m

ost

sca

ry b

un

ny

slo

pe

in t

he

wo

rld

, an

d s

ud

den

ly

I w

as o

ut

of

con

tro

l. (3

) Th

e ta

ller

inst

ruct

or

was

yel

lin

g a

t m

e to

sit

do

wn

. (4) I

was

the

mo

st a

frai

d I

had

eve

r b

een

in m

y li

fe! (5

) I s

kie

d r

igh

t th

rou

gh

a p

ark

ing

lot

and

into

a fl

ock

of

Can

ada

gees

e. (6

) It

was

th

e w

ors

t d

ay o

f o

ur

vaca

tio

n.

1.

How

sho

uld

the

unde

rline

d w

ords

in

Sent

ence

1 b

e w

ritte

n?A

mor

e go

odB

bett

erC

mos

t be

stD

Mak

e no

cha

nge.

2.

How

sho

uld

the

unde

rline

d w

ords

in

Sent

ence

2 b

e w

ritte

n?

Am

ore

scar

yB

scar

ier

Csc

arie

stD

Mak

e no

cha

nge.

3.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

an a

djec

tive

that

is

a c

orre

ct t

wo-

wor

d p

hras

e?A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

2C

Sent

ence

3D

Sent

ence

4

4.

Whi

ch d

escr

ibes

the

wor

d ta

ller

in S

ente

nce

3?A

basi

c ad

ject

ive

Bco

mp

arat

ive

adje

ctiv

eC

sup

erla

tive

adje

ctiv

eD

artic

le

5.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

cont

ains

an

adje

ctiv

e th

at t

ells

HO

W M

AN

Y?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 6

6.

Whi

ch d

escr

ibes

the

wor

d w

orst

in S

ente

nce

6?A

basi

c ad

ject

ive

Bco

mp

arat

ive

adje

ctiv

eC

sup

erla

tive

adje

ctiv

eD

artic

le

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

65G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_065

.indd

659/

19/0

67:

06:5

9AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e A

dje

ctiv

es a

nd

Art

icle

s

Less

on

18

Rew

rite

eac

h u

nd

erlin

ed a

dje

ctiv

e. T

hen

wri

te w

het

her

it is

an a

rtic

le o

r w

het

her

it t

ells

whi

ch o

ne, w

hat

kind

, or

how

man

y.

1.

The

big

boo

k fa

ir st

arts

nex

t w

eek

at R

ing

Mid

dle

Scho

ol.

2.

Eac

h st

uden

t w

ill g

et o

ne fr

ee b

ook

with

the

mon

ey r

aise

d.

3.

We

will

don

ate

to t

he lo

cal l

ibra

ry a

ll th

e bo

oks

that

are

not

sol

d.

4.

On

the

third

wee

kend

of M

arch

, man

y st

uden

ts w

ill h

elp

out

.

5.

Few

stu

dent

s at

the

sch

ool a

re n

ot in

volv

ed.

Cir

cle

the

corr

ect

form

of

the

adje

ctiv

e.

6.

You

are

the

( m

ost

funn

iest

, fu

nnie

st )

per

son

I kno

w!

7.

Of a

ll m

y fr

iend

s, y

ou t

ell t

he (

bet

ter ,

bes

t ) jo

kes.

8.

Bet

wee

n yo

u an

d yo

ur s

iste

r, yo

u ar

e th

e ( c

leve

rer ,

cle

vere

st )

com

edia

n.

9.

If y

ou h

ave

a da

y th

at is

( w

orse

, w

orse

r ) t

han

min

e, I’

ll m

ake

you

laug

h, t

oo!

10.

Tod

ay is

the

( g

reat

er ,

grea

test

) da

y of

my

life.

11.

We

told

my

sist

er t

he (

mor

e hi

lario

us ,

mos

t hi

lario

us )

joke

of a

ll.

12.

I h

ave

neve

r se

en h

er (

hap

py ,

hap

pie

r ) t

han

she

was

tod

ay.

big;

wha

t kin

dne

xt; w

hich

one

one;

how

man

yfre

e; w

hat k

ind

loca

l; w

hat k

ind

all;

how

man

y

third

; whi

ch o

nem

any;

how

man

y

few

; how

man

yth

e; a

rticl

e

66G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_066

.indd

66

9/9/

06

8:00

:38

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

eM

ain

an

dH

elp

ing

Ver

bs

Less

on

19

Un

der

line

the

verb

in e

ach

sen

ten

ce.

1.

Tho

mas

Edi

son’

s m

othe

r te

ache

s hi

m a

t ho

me.

2.

He

read

s m

any

book

s ab

out

inve

ntio

ns.

3.

He

lear

ns a

bout

sci

ence

.

4.

Tho

mas

Edi

son

wor

ks in

his

labo

rato

ry.

5.

He

exp

erim

ents

with

tel

epho

nes.

6.

Edi

son

inve

nts

man

y th

ings

.

7.

A p

hono

grap

h p

lays

rec

orde

d so

und.

8.

My

fam

ily p

lans

a t

rip.

9.

We

visi

t th

e Ed

ison

hom

e in

New

Jers

ey.

10.

Man

y ar

ticle

s an

d bo

oks

pra

ise

the

inve

ntor

.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

, usi

ng

a m

ain

ver

b t

o c

om

ple

te e

ach

on

e.

11.

Dee

in

her

gar

age.

12.

She

and

I t

he p

lans

for

the

new

toy

.

13.

Jam

ie

us

with

the

des

ign.

14.

Dee

’s d

ad

to

us fr

om t

he h

ouse

.

15.

The

loca

l new

spap

er

us

abou

t ou

r in

vent

ion.

Dee

wor

ks in

her

gar

age.

She

and

I dra

w th

e pl

ans

for t

he n

ew to

y.

Jam

ie h

elps

us

with

the

desi

gn.

Dee’

s da

d ca

lls to

us

from

the

hous

e.

The

loca

l new

spap

er in

terv

iew

s us

abo

ut o

ur in

vent

ion.

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

67G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_067

.indd

679/

9/06

8:01

:11

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

eM

ain

an

dH

elp

ing

Ver

bs

Less

on

19

Un

der

line

the

verb

ph

rase

. Th

en c

ircl

e th

e h

elp

ing

ver

b.

1.

Lis

a an

d Te

rren

ce h

ave

ente

red

a p

roje

ct in

the

sci

ence

fair.

2.

Car

la h

as p

artic

ipat

ed t

his

year

as

wel

l.

3.

I c

ould

not

hel

p h

er w

ith h

er p

roje

ct.

4.

Dav

id s

houl

d w

rite

abou

t th

e sc

ienc

e fa

ir.

5.

Wha

t di

d yo

u th

ink

abou

t C

arla

’s w

ork?

6.

Keira

did

not

enj

oy h

er p

rese

ntat

ion.

7.

The

judg

es w

ill s

core

the

pro

ject

s.

8.

Lis

a w

as t

alki

ng t

o Te

rren

ce a

bout

the

ir in

vent

ion.

9.

Lis

a is

thi

nkin

g ab

out

her

next

pro

ject

.

10.

Ter

renc

e ca

n w

ork

on it

with

her

.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

, usi

ng

a h

elp

ing

ver

b t

o c

om

ple

te e

ach

on

e.

11.

Tho

mas

Edi

son

kno

wn

as a

n in

vent

or.

12.

He

cre

ated

mor

e th

an o

ne t

hous

and

inve

ntio

ns.

13.

Sha

ne

not

con

vinc

ed t

hat

the

pho

nogr

aph

is t

he b

est

inve

ntio

n.

14.

I

not

tel

l you

the

sub

ject

of m

y sc

ienc

e re

por

t.

15.

Will

a w

rite

abou

t Th

omas

Edi

son.

Thom

as E

diso

n w

as k

now

n as

an

inve

ntor

.

He h

ad c

reat

ed m

ore

than

one

thou

sand

inve

ntio

ns.

Shan

e is

not

con

vinc

ed th

at th

e ph

onog

raph

is th

e be

st in

vent

ion.

I will

not

tell

you

the

subj

ect o

f my

scie

nce

repo

rt.

Will

a sh

ould

writ

e ab

out T

hom

as E

diso

n.

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own. 68

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_068

.indd

689/

9/06

8:02

:10

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e

Less

on

19

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s b

elo

w.

(1) Th

e

you

ng

bo

y r

isen

lon

g b

efo

re t

he

sun

. (2) H

e

no

t sl

eep

lon

ger.

(3) H

is m

ind

was

ch

urn

ing

wit

h id

eas.

(4) H

e o

f a

new

inve

nti

on

. (5) M

inu

tes

ago,

th

e b

oy

wer

e sl

eep

ing

so

un

dly

in h

is b

ed. (6

) Bu

t

no

w h

e o

n h

is e

xper

imen

ts t

hro

ug

h t

he

rest

of

the

nig

ht.

1.

Whi

ch h

elp

ing

verb

com

ple

tes

the

verb

phr

ase

in S

ente

nce

1?A

had

Bha

veC

wou

ldD

did

2.

Whi

ch h

elp

ing

verb

com

ple

tes

the

verb

phr

ase

in S

ente

nce

2?

Ais

Bco

uld

Cha

veD

has

3.

How

sho

uld

the

unde

rline

d he

lpin

g ve

rb in

Sen

tenc

e 3

be w

ritte

n?

Aw

ere

Bdi

dC

wou

ldD

corr

ect

as is

4.

Whi

ch v

erb

phr

ase

com

ple

tes

Sent

ence

4?

Adi

d th

ough

tB

are

thin

king

Cha

d th

ough

tD

wer

e th

inki

ng

5.

How

sho

uld

the

unde

rline

d ve

rb

phr

ase

in S

ente

nce

5 be

writ

ten?

Ais

sle

epin

gB

was

sle

epin

gC

are

slee

pin

gD

corr

ect

as is

6.

Whi

ch v

erb

phr

ase

best

com

ple

tes

Sent

ence

6?

Aw

ill b

e w

orki

ngB

are

wor

king

Cw

ere

wor

king

Dha

ve w

orke

d

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

69G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_069

.indd

699/

9/06

8:02

:43

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e M

ain

an

dH

elp

ing

Ver

bs

Less

on

19

Cir

cle

the

mai

n v

erb

in e

ach

sen

ten

ce. U

nd

erlin

e th

eh

elp

ing

ver

b o

r ve

rbs.

1.

Non

e of

the

pla

yers

has

mis

sed

a si

ngle

cla

ss.

2.

Der

ek w

ill p

roba

bly

get

the

priz

e fo

r be

st s

cien

ce p

roje

ct.

3.

Ben

is w

inni

ng t

he M

ost

Imp

rove

d ce

rtifi

cate

thi

s ye

ar.

4.

Our

cla

ss h

as p

lace

d fir

st in

the

sci

ence

triv

ia c

omp

etiti

on.

5.

The

prin

cip

al w

ill d

istr

ibut

e th

e aw

ards

at

the

scho

ol b

anq

uet.

6.

We

wou

ld h

ave

liked

a la

rger

aud

ienc

e fo

r ou

r p

lay

abou

t Th

omas

Edi

son.

7.

Nex

t m

onth

the

tea

cher

will

hav

e au

ditio

ns fo

r th

e ne

xt p

lay.

8.

She

wou

ld li

ke t

hat

as m

any

stud

ents

as

pos

sibl

e ta

ke p

art.

Fill

in t

he

bla

nk

to c

om

ple

te e

ach

sen

ten

ce. I

ncl

ude

a ve

rb p

hra

se.

9.

The

labo

rato

ry r

epai

rs

.

10.

The

inve

ntor

fo

r vo

lunt

eers

.

11.

Six

wor

kers

t

o he

lp w

ith t

he n

ew w

ork.

12.

The

re

man

y op

por

tuni

ties

to s

hare

you

r id

eas.

13.

I

the

tea

m fo

r th

is p

roje

ct.

14.

Kar

a

to

mak

e he

r ex

per

imen

t w

ork.

16.

Glo

ria

abo

ut in

vent

ing

som

ethi

ng a

lso.

Poss

ible

re

spon

ses

are

show

n.

are

final

ly fi

nish

ed

has

been

ask

ing

have

offe

red

have

bee

n

will

not

join

is d

eter

min

ed

is th

inki

ng

70G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_070

.indd

70

9/9/

06

8:04

:13

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e

Less

on

20

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) I

cle

an m

y ro

om

eac

h w

eek

. (2) T

od

ay I

ask

h

ow

I c

an g

et

the

cho

re d

on

e m

ore

qu

ick

ly. (3

) I d

ecid

e to

inve

nt

a ro

om

-cle

anin

g m

ach

ine!

(4) I

th

ink

th

at

mac

hin

e w

ill b

e ve

ry s

ucc

essf

ul.

(5) I

ask

my

frie

nd

s

if

wil

l hel

p m

e w

ith

th

is p

lan

. (6)

We

talk

am

on

g o

urs

elve

s ab

ou

t

ho

w e

xcit

ing

this

is!

1.

Whi

ch p

rono

un c

omp

lete

s Se

nten

ce 2

?A

yo

urse

lves

B

mys

elf

C

your

self

D

me

2.

Whi

ch is

a s

ubje

ctiv

e ca

se p

rono

un?

A

I (Se

nten

ce 1

)B

th

e (S

ente

nce

2)C

m

y (S

ente

nce

5)D

ou

rsel

ves

(Sen

tenc

e 6)

3.

Whi

ch k

ind

of p

rono

un is

We

in

Sent

ence

6?

A

subj

ectiv

eB

ob

ject

ive

C

pos

sess

ive

D

refle

xive

4.

Whi

ch p

rono

un c

omp

lete

s Se

nten

ce 4

?A

hi

mB

th

eirs

C

my

D

min

e

5.

Whi

ch p

rono

un c

omp

lete

s Se

nten

ce 5

?A

th

eyB

th

eir

C

them

selv

esD

yo

ur

6.

Whi

ch k

ind

of p

rono

un is

ours

elve

s in

Sen

tenc

e 6?

A

subj

ectiv

eB

ob

ject

ive

C

pos

sess

ive

D

refle

xive

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

71G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_071

.indd

71

9/9/

06

8:05

:35

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e

Less

on

20

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) P

eter

pu

lled

th

e sl

eep

ing

bag

tig

htl

y ar

ou

nd

his

sh

ou

lder

s. (2

) Th

is w

as t

he

mis

erab

le n

igh

t o

f P

eter

’s li

fe. (3

) Jer

emy

and

Bra

d

sh

iver

ing

just

as

he

was

. (4) Th

e

win

d w

as s

lap

pin

g t

he

loo

se t

ent

fl ap

bac

k a

nd

fo

rth

. (5) S

om

eon

e sh

ou

ld

inve

nt

a h

eate

d s

leep

ing

bag

, th

ou

ght

Jere

my.

(6) E

ven

tual

ly, t

he

thre

e ca

mp

ers

fell

asle

ep, a

nd

Pet

er d

ream

ed t

hat

he

inve

nte

d t

he

sle

epin

g b

ag e

ver!

1.

Whi

ch h

elp

ing

verb

com

ple

tes

Sent

ence

3?

A

isB

w

asC

w

ere

D

will

2.

Whi

ch d

escr

ibes

the

wor

d lo

ose

in

Sent

ence

4?

A

It is

an

adje

ctiv

e.B

It

is a

pro

noun

.C

It

is t

he m

ain

verb

.D

It

is a

hel

pin

g ve

rb.

3.

How

sho

uld

the

unde

rline

d ad

ject

ive

in S

ente

nce

2 be

writ

ten?

A

mor

e m

iser

able

B

mos

t m

iser

able

C

less

mis

erab

leD

co

rrec

t as

is

4.

Whi

ch d

oes

the

adje

ctiv

e th

ree

in

Sent

ence

6 t

ell?

A

whi

ch o

ne o

f the

cam

per

sB

w

hat

kind

of c

amp

ers

C

how

man

y ca

mp

ers

D

the

actio

ns o

f the

cam

per

s

5.

Whi

ch a

djec

tive

com

ple

tes

Sent

ence

6?

A

good

B

bett

erC

m

ost

good

D

best

6.

Whi

ch d

escr

ibes

the

und

erlin

ed

wor

ds in

Sen

tenc

e 5?

A

They

mak

e up

a v

erb

phr

ase.

B

They

are

bot

h m

ain

verb

s.C

Th

ey a

re b

oth

help

ing

verb

s.D

Th

ey a

re a

djec

tives

.

72G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_072

.indd

72

9/9/

06

8:06

:37

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

eA

ctio

n a

nd

Li

nki

ng

Ver

bs

Less

on

21

Un

der

line

each

ver

b. T

hen

iden

tify

it a

s ac

tion

or

linki

ng.

1.

Ron

nie

is t

he b

est

gard

ener

in t

he n

eigh

borh

ood.

2.

He

com

es t

o th

e co

mm

unity

gar

den

ever

y w

eek.

3.

Aft

er s

choo

l, G

ia r

ides

her

bik

e to

the

com

mun

ity c

ente

r.

4.

She

pla

nts

flow

ers

by t

he fe

nce.

5.

Ron

nie

and

Gia

obs

erve

the

ir p

rogr

ess.

6.

Whe

n is

the

op

en h

ouse

?

7.

The

gar

den

look

s be

autif

ul!

8.

Ron

nie

feel

s tir

ed a

t th

e en

d of

a lo

ng d

ay.

9.

Gia

mak

es p

izza

and

sal

ad.

10.

The

y ea

t ou

tsid

e am

ong

the

pla

nts.

Co

mp

lete

eac

h s

ente

nce

wit

h t

he

kin

d o

f ve

rb s

ho

wn

in p

aren

thes

es (

).

11.

We

the

tal

ent

show

on

Satu

rday

. (ac

tion)

12.

The

tea

chin

g st

aff

the

con

test

. (ac

tion)

13.

I

ner

vous

abo

ut m

y p

erfo

rman

ce. (

linki

ng)

14.

All

of m

y ne

ighb

ors

in t

he a

udie

nce!

(lin

king

)

15.

We

a lo

t of

mon

ey t

o gi

ve t

o th

e sc

hool

libr

ary.

(a

ctio

n)

Wri

te s

ix s

ente

nce

s ab

ou

t yo

ur

day

. Use

th

ree

linki

ng

ver

bs

and

th

ree

acti

on

ver

bs.

linki

ng

actio

n

linki

ng

linki

ng

actio

n

actio

n

atte

nded

actio

n Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

judg

ed

felt

wer

e

rais

ed

Acce

pt re

ason

able

resp

onse

s.

actio

n

actio

n

linki

ng

73G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_073

.indd

739/

9/06

8:07

:21

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

eA

ctio

n a

nd

Li

nki

ng

Ver

bs

Less

on

21

Rew

rite

eac

h u

nd

erlin

ed w

ord

an

d id

enti

fy it

as

an a

ctio

nve

rb,a

linki

ng v

erb,

or

a di

rect

obj

ect.

1.

Car

la r

ead

a bo

ok t

o le

arn

abou

t se

a tu

rtle

s.

2.

She

tau

ght

the

grou

p a

bout

tur

tles.

3.

The

info

rmat

ion

was

ver

y va

luab

le.

4.

The

peo

ple

dec

ided

the

y w

ould

tak

e ac

tion.

5.

The

com

mun

ity d

evel

oped

a p

lan.

6.

Writ

e yo

ur n

ame

on t

he s

ign-

up s

heet

if y

ou w

ant

to h

elp

.

7.

We

felt

good

aft

er o

ur lo

ng m

eetin

g.

Wri

te w

het

her

th

e ve

rb in

eac

h s

ente

nce

is a

ctio

n o

r lin

king

. Un

der

line

the

dire

ctob

ject

if t

her

e is

on

e.

8.

Cha

rles

dist

ribut

es p

amp

hlet

s fo

r th

e W

orld

Wild

life

Fund

.

9.

He

is e

nthu

sias

tic a

bout

the

ir w

ork.

10.

Jan

ap

pea

rs in

tere

sted

in t

he in

form

atio

n.

read

: act

ion

verb

; boo

k: d

irect

obj

ect

taug

ht: a

ctio

n ve

rb; g

roup

: dire

ct o

bjec

t

was

: lin

king

ver

b

deci

ded:

act

ion

verb

deve

lope

d: a

ctio

n ve

rb; p

lan:

dire

ct o

bjec

t

Writ

e: a

ctio

n ve

rb; n

ame:

dire

ct o

bjec

t

felt:

link

ing

verb

Char

les

dist

ribut

es p

amph

lets

for t

he W

orld

Wild

life

Fund

. act

ion

He is

ent

husi

astic

abo

ut th

eir w

ork.

link

ing

Jan

appe

ars

inte

rest

ed in

the

info

rmat

ion.

link

ing

74G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_074

.indd

749/

19/0

67:

07:1

0AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e

Less

on

21

1.

Whi

ch d

escr

ibes

the

und

erlin

ed

wor

ds in

Sen

tenc

e 1?

Alin

king

ver

b an

d di

rect

obj

ect

Bac

tion

verb

and

dire

ct o

bjec

tC

linki

ng v

erb

and

subj

ect

Dac

tion

verb

and

sub

ject

2.

Whi

ch is

an

actio

n ve

rb t

hat

coul

d co

mp

lete

Sen

tenc

e 2?

A

mee

tB

are

Cbe

com

eD

gath

ers

3.

Whi

ch s

ente

nces

hav

e bo

th a

ctio

n ve

rbs

and

dire

ct o

bjec

ts?

ASe

nten

ces

1 an

d 3

BSe

nten

ces

1 an

d 4

CSe

nten

ces

3 an

d 4

DSe

nten

ces

4 an

d 5

4.

Whi

ch s

ente

nces

hav

e lin

king

ver

bs?

ASe

nten

ces

1 an

d 3

BSe

nten

ces

3 an

d 4

CSe

nten

ces

3 an

d 5

DSe

nten

ces

4 an

d 5

5.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

two

actio

n ve

rbs?

ASe

nten

ce 3

BSe

nten

ce 4

C

Sent

ence

5D

Sent

ence

6

6.

Whi

ch is

a li

nkin

g ve

rb?

Aha

s (S

ente

nce

1)B

has

turn

ed (

Sent

ence

4)

Cis

(Se

nten

ce 5

)D

shar

e (S

ente

nce

6)

(1) T

he

Gar

den

Clu

b h

as a

mee

tin

g e

very

yea

r o

n M

ay 1

st. (2

) Th

e m

emb

ers

at

Ben

ji’s

Res

tau

ran

t to

pla

n t

he

gar

den

. (3) T

hei

r g

ard

en w

as o

nce

an

aban

do

ned

lot.

(4) T

he

clu

b h

as t

urn

ed t

he

lot

into

a g

reen

oas

is. (5

) Th

e g

ard

en is

a p

op

ula

r m

eeti

ng

pla

ce d

uri

ng

th

e g

row

ing

sea

son

. (6) M

emb

ers

shar

e so

me

of

the

har

vest

ed v

eget

able

s an

d t

ake

the

rest

of

them

to

a lo

cal h

om

eles

s sh

elte

r.

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s b

elo

w.

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

C

on

nec

tio

n

75G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_075

.indd

759/

9/06

8:09

:42

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e A

ctio

n a

nd

Li

nki

ng

Ver

bs

Less

on

21

Dra

w o

ne

line

und

er e

ach

act

ion

ver

b a

nd

tw

o li

nes

un

der

ea

ch li

nki

ng

ver

b. D

raw

a c

ircl

e ar

oun

d t

he

dir

ect

ob

ject

if

th

ere

is o

ne.

1.

I w

rote

em

ails

to

my

frie

nd in

New

Eng

land

.

2.

She

bec

ame

imp

orta

nt t

o m

e th

is y

ear.

3.

Dor

a ha

s a

hous

e on

the

oce

an.

4.

She

sen

t p

hoto

grap

hs o

f sea

tur

tles

to m

e.

5.

The

y lo

oked

am

azin

g.

6.

I a

m s

urp

rised

at

thei

r si

ze.

7.

Sea

tur

tles

lay

eggs

in t

he s

and.

8.

The

tur

tles

need

a s

afe

beac

h.

9.

Are

you

cer

tain

of t

hat?

10.

We

beca

me

inte

rest

ed in

con

serv

atio

n.

11.

We

felt

exci

ted.

Wri

te t

wo

sen

ten

ces

that

hav

e ac

tio

n v

erb

s an

d t

wo

sen

ten

ces

that

h

ave

linki

ng

ver

bs.

Un

der

line

the

verb

s an

d w

rite

act

ion

or

linki

ng t

o

des

crib

e ea

ch o

ne.

12.

13.

14.

15.

The

rese

arch

ers

finis

hed

thei

r stu

dy. a

ctio

n

Thei

r inv

estig

atio

n be

cam

e un

nece

ssar

y. li

nkin

g

The

baby

sea

turtl

es a

re s

afe.

link

ing

The

scie

ntis

ts c

eleb

rate

d ha

ppily

. act

ion

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

76

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_076

.indd

76

9/9/

06

8:11

:12

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

ePr

esen

t Te

nse

;Su

bje

ct-V

erb

A

gre

emen

t

Less

on

22

Wri

te t

he

corr

ect

pre

sen

t-te

nse

fo

rm o

f th

e ve

rb

in p

aren

thes

es (

).

1.

Mar

ie a

nd S

al (

com

e) t

o th

e ca

r w

ash

to h

elp

.

2.

Don

na (

carr

y) w

ater

and

soa

p o

ver

to t

he c

ar.

3.

Gor

don

(pla

ce)

his

spon

ge in

the

buc

ket.

4.

Wilm

a (w

ash)

the

tire

s.

5.

Cla

re (

fill)

the

buck

et w

ith w

ater

aga

in.

6.

The

man

in t

he b

lue

car

(driv

e) o

nto

the

lot.

7.

The

car

’s e

ngin

e (p

urr)

like

a k

itten

.

8.

He

(wat

ch)

the

kids

wor

king

.

9.

Mor

e ca

rs (

wai

t) in

line

.

10.

The

chi

ldre

n (m

ake)

mon

ey fo

r th

eir

pro

ject

.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

, co

rrec

tin

g e

ach

pre

sen

t-te

nse

ver

b t

o a

gre

e w

ith

its

sub

ject

.

11.

The

kid

s lis

tens

to

John

’s id

eas

for

rais

ing

mon

ey.

12.

He

wan

t to

hav

e a

bake

sal

e.

13.

Gre

g an

d Pa

ul d

ecid

es t

hey

will

bak

e m

uffin

s.

14.

Tam

ika

gree

t ev

eryo

ne w

ith a

sm

ile.

15.

She

tha

nk t

hem

for

givi

ng m

oney

to

thei

r sc

hool

.

com

eca

rrie

spl

aces

was

hes

fills dr

ives

purr

sw

atch

esw

ait

mak

e

The

kids

list

en to

Joh

n’s

idea

s fo

r rai

sing

mon

ey.

He w

ants

to h

ave

a ba

ke s

ale.

Greg

and

Pau

l dec

ide

they

will

bak

e m

uffin

s.

Tam

ika

gree

ts e

very

one

with

a s

mile

.

She

than

ks th

em fo

r giv

ing

mon

ey to

thei

r sch

ool.

77G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_077

.indd

779/

9/06

8:11

:53

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e

Less

on

22

1.

Whi

ch p

rese

nt-t

ense

ver

b co

uld

com

ple

te S

ente

nce

1?A

lays

Bla

yC

lies

Dlie

2.

Whi

ch p

rese

nt-t

ense

ver

b co

uld

com

ple

te S

ente

nce

2?A

sits

Bsi

tC

sets

Dse

t

3.

Whi

ch is

the

pre

sent

-ten

se fo

rm o

f th

e un

derli

ned

verb

in S

ente

nce

3 th

at a

gree

s w

ith t

he s

ubje

ct?

Ach

oose

sB

chos

eC

choo

seD

will

cho

ose

4.

Whi

ch is

a p

rese

nt-t

ense

ver

b th

at

coul

d co

mp

lete

Sen

tenc

e 5?

Ast

art

Bst

arte

dC

star

tsD

will

sta

rt

5.

In

whi

ch s

ente

nce

is t

here

cor

rect

ag

reem

ent

of s

ubje

ct a

nd v

erb?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 6

6.

How

sho

uld

the

verb

s in

Sen

tenc

e 4

be w

ritte

n?A

mea

sure

s an

d m

ark

Bm

easu

re a

nd m

ark

Cm

easu

re a

nd m

arks

Dm

easu

res

and

mar

ks

(1)

Dar

rell

h

is ja

cket

on

th

e b

ench

. (2

) L

isa

her

to

ol b

ag n

ear

the

do

or.

(3

) F

red

ch

oo

se a

pie

ce o

f w

oo

d

that

is o

n t

he

flo

or.

(4

) C

on

nie

mea

sure

an

d m

ark

th

e w

oo

d. (

5) T

hen

Co

le

th

e p

ow

er s

aw. (

6) T

hey

cu

t w

oo

d t

o b

uil

d a

lem

on

ade

stan

d.

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s b

elo

w.

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

C

on

nec

tio

n

79G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_079

.indd

799/

9/06

8:13

:11

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

ePr

esen

t Te

nse

;Su

bje

ct-V

erb

A

gre

emen

t

Less

on

22

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Ch

oo

se t

he

corr

ect

verb

in

par

enth

eses

( )

to

co

mp

lete

eac

h o

ne.

1.

Jes

se (

lies,

lays

) do

wn

to t

ake

a na

p.

2.

Ple

ase

(sit,

set

) in

you

r as

sign

ed s

eat.

3.

(Li

e, L

ay)

the

blan

ket

on t

he b

ed.

4.

The

hot

air

ballo

ons

(ris

e, r

aise

) in

to t

he a

ir.

5.

Ple

ase

(ris

e, r

aise

) yo

ur h

and

if yo

u ne

ed a

ssis

tanc

e.

6.

Pau

l (si

ts, s

ets)

his

boo

ks o

n th

e flo

or.

Ch

oo

se a

ver

b f

rom

th

e b

ox

to c

om

ple

te e

ach

sen

ten

ce. U

se e

ach

ver

b o

nly

on

ce.

Wri

te it

in p

rese

nt

ten

se, a

nd

mak

e su

re it

ag

rees

wit

h t

he

sub

ject

.

7.

Unc

le G

reg

in t

he p

asse

nger

sea

t of

the

van

.

8.

The

vol

unte

ers

the

hea

vy b

oxes

abo

ve t

heir

head

s.

9.

My

mot

her

is t

ired

and

on

the

sofa

.

10.

y

our

bags

ove

r th

ere.

11.

We

the

bab

y in

the

crib

.

12.

Our

kite

s ca

tch

the

bree

ze a

nd

up

abo

ve t

he t

rees

.

lie

la

y si

t se

t ri

se

rais

e

Jess

e lie

s do

wn

to ta

ke a

nap

.

Plea

se s

it in

you

r ass

igne

d se

at.

Lay

the

blan

ket o

n th

e be

d.

The

hot a

ir ba

lloon

s ris

e in

to th

e ai

r.

Plea

se ra

ise

your

han

d if

you

need

ass

ista

nce.

Paul

set

s hi

s bo

oks

on th

e flo

or.

sits ra

ise

lies

Set

rise

lay

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own. 78

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

78G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_078

.indd

789/

9/06

8:12

:40

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e Pr

esen

t Te

nse

;Su

bje

ct-V

erb

A

gre

emen

t

Less

on

22

Cir

cle

the

corr

ect

form

of

the

verb

in p

aren

thes

es (

) t

o

com

ple

te e

ach

sen

ten

ce.

1.

The

bal

loon

s ( r

ise ,

rai

se)

in t

he a

ir.

2.

The

par

ty (

cele

brat

e, c

eleb

rate

s ) t

he o

pen

ing

of a

new

bui

ldin

g.

3.

Can

you

( ra

ise ,

ris

e) t

he fl

ag?

4.

Our

clu

b (p

rese

nt, p

rese

nts )

the

mon

ey t

o th

e di

rect

or o

f the

hos

pita

l.

5.

The

doc

tors

and

hos

pita

l sta

ff ( s

it , s

et)

in t

he fi

rst

row

.

6.

Sev

eral

kid

s ( l

ie ,

lay)

on

the

gras

s.

7.

Oth

er c

hild

ren

( pla

y , p

lays

) ne

arby

.

8.

The

dire

ctor

( th

anks

, th

ank)

the

com

mun

ity fo

r its

con

trib

utio

n.

9.

I (

set ,

sit)

the

mic

rop

hone

dow

n on

the

pod

ium

.

10.

I (

lie ,

lay)

dow

n on

the

gra

ss, t

oo.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

co

rrec

tly.

Rep

lace

th

e in

corr

ect

verb

s.

11.

Jef

f lay

s on

the

sof

a an

d fa

ll as

leep

.

12.

Kat

ie a

nd Ji

m li

e th

eir

book

s on

the

cou

nter

.

13.

Pau

l sits

his

cam

era

on t

he s

helf.

1

4. M

ia a

nd K

yle

wat

ches

the

sun

rai

sing

.

15.

I c

anno

t ris

es m

y so

re a

rm v

ery

high

.

Jeff

lies

on th

e so

fa a

nd fa

lls a

slee

p.

Katie

and

Jim

lay

thei

r boo

ks o

n th

e co

unte

r.

Paul

set

s hi

s ca

mer

a on

the

shel

f.

Mia

and

Kyl

e w

atch

the

sun

risin

g.

I can

not r

aise

my

sore

arm

ver

y hi

gh.

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own. 80

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_080

.indd

80

9/9/

06

8:14

:30

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

ePa

st a

nd

Fu

ture

Ten

ses

Less

on

23

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Ch

ang

e th

e ve

rbs

fro

m t

he

pre

sen

t te

nse

to

th

e p

ast

ten

se.

1.

We

mov

e fr

om M

exic

o to

Cal

iforn

ia.

2.

I p

ack

my

belo

ngin

gs a

nd lo

ad t

hem

on

the

trai

n.

3.

The

re is

a w

hist

le, a

nd t

he t

rain

sta

rts

mov

ing.

4.

My

mot

her

and

fath

er s

eem

hap

py

and

exci

ted.

5.

My

sist

er s

its n

ext

to m

e an

d re

sts

her

head

on

my

shou

lder

.

Wri

te a

sen

ten

ce u

sin

g e

ach

ver

b in

th

e b

ox.

Use

eac

h v

erb

in it

s fu

ture

ten

se.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

visi

t fl

y ca

re

ente

rtai

n

pla

y b

e d

rive

We

mov

ed fr

om M

exic

o to

Cal

iforn

ia.

I pac

ked

my

belo

ngin

gs a

nd lo

aded

them

on

the

train

.

Ther

e w

as a

whi

stle

, and

the

train

sta

rted

mov

ing.

My

mot

her a

nd fa

ther

see

med

hap

py a

nd e

xcite

d.

My

sist

er s

at n

ext t

o m

e an

d re

sted

her

hea

d on

my

shou

lder

.

I will

fly

to M

exic

o ne

xt w

eek.

I will

vis

it m

y fa

mily

in M

exic

o Ci

ty.

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s are

show

n.

My

fath

er w

ill d

rive

me

to th

e ai

rpor

t.

Keis

ha w

ill c

are

for m

y ca

ts w

hile

I am

aw

ay.

My

brot

her a

nd I

will

pla

y w

ith o

ur c

ousi

ns.

Juan

and

Car

los

will

ent

erta

in u

s w

ith a

son

g.

I will

be

sad

to le

ave

whe

n th

e vi

sit i

s ov

er.

81G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_081

.indd

819/

9/06

8:15

:24

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

ePa

st a

nd

Fu

ture

Ten

ses

Less

on

23

Fill

in t

he

mis

sin

g f

orm

of

each

ver

b.

Wri

te a

co

rrec

t fo

rm o

f th

e g

iven

ver

b t

o c

om

ple

te e

ach

sen

ten

ce. T

hen

lab

el e

ach

verb

use

d a

s pr

esen

t te

nse,

past

ten

se, o

r fu

ture

ten

se.

6.

Hug

o’s

cat

aw

ay. (

run)

7.

And

rea

a p

ictu

re o

f the

cat

on

a p

oste

r. (p

aint

)

8.

Tha

lia

a fl

yer

to t

he p

ost

offic

e. (

take

)

9.

She

it

on

the

com

mun

ity b

oard

. (p

ost)

10.

Aft

er s

choo

l, H

ugo

for

his

pet

. (lo

ok)

11.

His

frie

nds

him

sea

rch.

(he

lp)

12.

Ste

ve

his

bic

ycle

acr

oss

tow

n. (

ride)

13.

Dua

ne

all

the

neig

hbor

s. (

call)

14.

Mar

cella

t

he p

aper

for

notic

es. (

read

)

15.

Lat

e at

nig

ht, t

he p

hone

. (

ring)

16.

Mrs

. Lop

ez

the

cal

l. (a

nsw

er)

17.

Gin

a t

he c

at in

the

sch

ooly

ard.

(se

e)

18.

The

chi

ldre

n a

nd s

hout

with

joy.

(ju

mp

)

Ver

bPr

esen

t Te

nse

Pa

st T

ense

Fu

ture

Ten

se

1.se

ese

e

2.cl

imb

clim

bed

3.ap

pea

rap

pea

red

4.hu

rry

will

hur

ry

5.tr

iptr

ip ran

past

tens

e

pain

ted

take

s

futu

re te

nse

will

pos

t help

will

ride

calle

d

answ

ered

read

s

rings

saw

futu

re te

nse

past

tens

epr

esen

t ten

se

jum

ppr

esen

t ten

sepa

st te

nse

Poss

ible

resp

onse

sar

e sh

own.

saw

will

see

clim

bw

ill c

limb

appe

arw

ill a

ppea

r

hurr

yhu

rrie

d

tripp

edw

ill tr

ip past

tens

e

futu

re te

nse

will

look

pres

ent t

ense

pres

ent t

ense

past

tens

e

pres

ent t

ense

82G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_082

.indd

829/

19/0

67:

07:2

3AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e

Less

on

23

1.

Whi

ch is

a p

ast-

tens

e ve

rb t

hat

coul

d co

mp

lete

Sen

tenc

e 1?

Afa

llB

falls

Cfe

llD

will

fall

2.

How

sho

uld

the

unde

rline

d ve

rb in

Se

nten

ce 2

be

writ

ten?

Ain

crea

seB

incr

ease

sC

incr

ease

dD

will

incr

ease

3.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

corr

ectly

use

s tw

o p

ast-

tens

e ve

rbs?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 5

4.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

corr

ectly

use

s a

verb

in

the

futu

re t

ense

?A

Sent

ence

2B

Sent

ence

3C

Sent

ence

4D

Sent

ence

5

5.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

inco

rrec

tly u

ses

a ve

rb

in t

he fu

ture

ten

se?

ASe

nten

ce 2

B

Sent

ence

3C

Sent

ence

4D

Sent

ence

5

6.

Whi

ch is

the

futu

re-t

ense

form

of t

he

verb

shrie

k?A

shrie

kB

shrie

ksC

shrie

ked

Dw

ill s

hrie

k

(1) T

he

sno

w

fo

r m

any

ho

urs

yes

terd

ay. (

2)

Aro

un

d

mid

nig

ht

last

nig

ht,

th

e w

ind

incr

ease

in s

pee

d. (

3)

It h

ow

led

an

d s

hri

eked

ou

tsid

e th

e h

ou

se. (

4)

Ear

lier

th

is m

orn

ing,

th

e w

ind

wil

l wh

ip t

he

sno

w in

to

dri

fts

agai

nst

th

e w

alls

an

d d

oo

rs. (

5)

My

dad

wil

l dri

ve u

s to

sch

oo

l in

th

e

tru

ck t

od

ay.

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s b

elo

w.

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

C

on

nec

tio

n

83G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_083

.indd

839/

9/06

8:19

:18

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e Pa

st a

nd

Fu

ture

Ten

ses

Less

on

23

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Ch

ang

e ea

ch v

erb

to

its

pas

t-te

nse

fo

rm.

1.

Jay

la w

ill t

ake

her

kitt

en t

o th

e ve

terin

aria

n on

Sat

urda

y.

2.

Mr.

Varg

as s

mile

s at

her

whe

n sh

e w

alks

pas

t hi

s ho

use.

3.

The

doc

tor

wei

ghs

the

cat

and

chec

ks h

er fo

r fle

as.

4.

She

ann

ounc

es t

hat

the

cat’s

hea

lth is

exc

elle

nt.

5.

Jay

la w

ill g

ive

the

kitt

en a

tre

at a

fter

the

exa

min

atio

n.

Un

der

line

the

verb

in e

ach

sen

ten

ce. T

hen

lab

el e

ach

ver

b a

s pr

esen

t te

nse,

pas

t te

nse,

o

r fu

ture

ten

se.

6.

Mol

ly li

ves

in t

he c

ity o

f Los

Ang

eles

.

7.

Mol

ly a

nd K

im p

lann

ed a

day

trip

to

a hi

king

tra

il.

8.

The

y w

ill a

sk M

ilo, t

oo.

9.

He

will

arr

ive

afte

r lu

nch.

10.

The

tra

il ne

eds

bett

ter

mar

kers

.

11.

The

hea

t m

ade

them

tire

d.

12.

The

y lo

se in

tere

st in

the

hik

ing

trai

l.

13.

The

frie

nds

will

rid

e bi

kes

to t

he b

each

inst

ead.

14.

Mol

ly, K

im, a

nd M

ilo s

wim

in t

he c

ool o

cean

wat

er.

Jayl

a to

ok h

er k

itten

to th

e ve

terin

aria

n on

Sat

urda

y.

Mr.

Varg

as s

mile

d at

her

whe

n sh

e w

alke

d pa

st h

is h

ouse

.

The

doct

or w

eigh

ed th

e ca

t and

che

cked

her

for f

leas

.

She

anno

unce

d th

at th

e ca

t’s h

ealth

was

exc

elle

nt.

Jayl

a ga

ve th

e ki

tten

a tre

at a

fter t

he e

xam

inat

ion.

pres

ent t

ense pres

ent t

ense

past

tens

efu

ture

tens

efu

ture

tens

epr

esen

t ten

sepa

st te

nse

pres

ent t

ense

futu

re te

nse

84G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_084

.indd

84

9/19

/06

7:0

7:42

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

ePe

rfec

t Te

nse

s

Less

on

24

Un

der

line

each

ver

b p

hra

se. C

ircl

e th

e m

ain

ver

b. T

hen

la

bel

eac

h v

erb

as

pres

ent

perf

ect

or

past

per

fect

.

1.

The

ent

ire s

tude

nt b

ody

has

asse

mbl

ed in

the

aud

itoriu

m.

2.

Mrs

. Sm

ith h

ad p

urch

ased

a fl

ower

for

each

of h

er c

hild

ren.

3.

Kris

ten

had

neve

r se

en s

o m

any

colo

rful

flow

ers.

4.

The

stu

dent

s ha

ve v

isite

d ev

ery

hous

e on

the

str

eet.

5.

The

y ha

ve c

olle

cted

300

can

s of

food

for

the

shel

ter.

6.

The

stu

dent

s ha

d ex

ceed

ed t

heir

goal

.

Wri

te a

sen

ten

ce u

sin

g e

ach

ver

b in

th

e te

nse

sh

ow

n in

par

enth

eses

( )

.

7.

kee

p (

pre

sent

per

fect

)

8.

esc

ape

(pas

t p

erfe

ct)

9.

lea

ve (

pas

t p

erfe

ct)

10.

fly

(p

ast

per

fect

)

11.

lay

(p

rese

nt p

erfe

ct)

12.

obs

erve

(p

ast

per

fect

)

pres

ent p

erfe

ct

My

frien

d ha

s ke

pt p

igeo

ns fo

r yea

rs.

Kay

said

the

bird

had

esc

aped

from

its

coop

.

Rita

had

left

the

door

to th

e co

op o

pen.

The

pige

on h

ad fl

own

acro

ss th

e pa

rk.

Jane

thin

ks th

e pi

geon

has

laid

its

eggs

.

past

per

fect

past

per

fect

pres

ent p

erfe

ct

pres

ent p

erfe

ct

past

per

fect

Char

ley

had

obse

rved

the

bird

s on

the

roof

nex

t doo

r.

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own. 85

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_085

.indd

859/

9/06

8:21

:18

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

ePe

rfec

t Te

nse

s

Less

on

24

Wri

te t

he

futu

re-p

erfe

ct f

orm

of

each

ver

b.

1.

lea

rn

2.

sp

eak

3.

writ

e

4.

sel

l

5.

lift

6.

be

7.

tel

l

8.

pou

r

Wri

te s

ente

nce

s us

ing

th

e fu

ture

-per

fect

ten

se o

f th

e ve

rbs

bel

ow

. Use

eac

h v

erb

o

nly

on

ce.

fi

nis

h

bu

ild

read

g

row

9.

10.

11.

12.

will

hav

e le

arne

d

will

hav

e sp

oken

will

hav

e w

ritte

n

will

hav

e so

ld

will

hav

e lif

ted

will

hav

e be

en

will

hav

e to

ld

will

hav

e po

ured

By lu

ncht

ime

I will

hav

e fin

ishe

d fe

edin

g th

e bi

rds.

Kiar

a w

ill h

ave

built

the

pige

on lo

ft al

l by

hers

elf.

By n

ext w

eek,

the

pige

ons

will

hav

e gr

own

a lo

t.

Soon

, I w

ill h

ave

read

mos

t of t

he b

ird b

ooks

in th

e lib

rary

!

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

86G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_086

.indd

869/

19/0

67:

07:5

3AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e

Less

on

24

1.

Whi

ch is

the

ver

b ph

rase

in S

ente

nce

1?A

has

Bw

ante

d to

rid

eC

has

wan

ted

Dto

rid

e

2.

Whi

ch v

erb

form

sho

uld

rep

lace

the

un

derli

ned

wor

d in

Sen

tenc

e 2?

Aac

hiev

esB

achi

evin

gC

achi

eved

Dto

ach

ieve

3.

Whi

ch fo

rm o

f the

ver

b dr

eam

is u

sed

in S

ente

nce

4?A

pas

t-p

erfe

ct t

ense

Bfu

ture

-per

fect

ten

seC

pre

sent

-per

fect

ten

seD

pas

t-te

nse

4.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

corr

ectly

use

s a

verb

in

the

pre

sent

ten

se?

ASe

nten

ce 3

BSe

nten

ce 4

CSe

nten

ce 5

DSe

nten

ce 6

5.

Whi

ch fo

rm o

f the

ver

b ar

rive

is u

sed

in S

ente

nce

3?A

pre

sent

-per

fect

ten

seB

pas

t-p

erfe

ct t

ense

Cfu

ture

-per

fect

ten

seD

pre

sent

ten

se

6.

Whi

ch fo

rm o

f the

ver

b ta

ke is

use

d in

Sen

tenc

e 6?

Ap

ast-

per

fect

ten

seB

futu

re-p

erfe

ct t

ense

Cp

rese

nt-p

erfe

ct t

ense

Dp

ast

tens

e

(1) L

uca

s h

as w

ante

d t

o r

ide

the

Su

per

Co

aste

r fo

r as

lon

g a

s h

e ca

n r

emem

ber

.

(2) H

e w

ill h

ave

ach

ieve

his

go

al a

fter

to

day

’s t

rip

to

Meg

a P

ark

. (3) “

Th

e d

ay h

as f

inal

ly

arri

ved

!” h

e th

ou

gh

t. (4

) He

had

dre

amed

of

rid

ing

on

Su

per

Co

aste

r m

any

tim

es.

(5) F

inal

ly, L

uca

s ap

pro

ach

es t

he

rid

e w

ith

a m

ixtu

re o

f fe

ar a

nd

exc

item

ent.

(6) I

n a

mat

ter

of

min

ute

s, h

e w

ill h

ave

tak

en t

he

rid

e o

f h

is li

feti

me.

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s b

elo

w.

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

87G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_087

.indd

879/

19/0

67:

08:0

7AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e Pe

rfec

t Te

nse

s

Less

on

24

Un

der

line

the

verb

ph

rase

in e

ach

sen

ten

ce. T

hen

iden

tify

th

e te

nse

of

each

on

e as

pre

sent

per

fect

, pas

t pe

rfec

t, o

r fu

ture

per

fect

.

1. T

he c

lass

has

gon

e on

a fi

eld

trip

to

the

scie

nce

mus

eum

.

2.

Whe

n th

ey r

etur

n, t

hey

will

hav

e le

arne

d ab

out

city

hab

itats

.

3.

Jen

ny h

ad d

ecid

ed t

o w

rite

her

scie

nce

pap

er o

n bi

rds

that

live

in c

ities

.

4.

The

libr

ary

will

hav

e cl

osed

long

bef

ore

she

arriv

es.

5.

Who

has

bor

row

ed m

y sc

ienc

e bo

ok?

6.

Yvo

nne

had

said

Jenn

y co

uld

use

her

book

.

Wri

te a

sen

ten

ce u

sin

g e

ach

ver

b. U

se t

he

verb

ten

se s

ho

wn

in p

aren

thes

es (

).

7.

dra

w (

pre

sent

per

fect

)

8.

cho

ose

(pas

t p

erfe

ct)

9.

pai

nt (

futu

re p

erfe

ct)

10.

hel

p (

pre

sent

per

fect

)

11.

mak

e (p

ast

per

fect

)

12.

im

pro

ve (

pre

sent

per

fect

)

pres

ent p

erfe

ct

past

per

fect

pres

ent p

erfe

ct

Carlo

has

dra

wn

the

first

ske

tche

s fo

r our

mur

al.

The

child

ren

had

chos

en a

n an

imal

them

e.

By to

mor

row

, we

will

hav

e pa

inte

d se

vera

l of t

he a

nim

als.

The

proj

ect h

as h

elpe

d br

ing

peop

le to

geth

er in

the

com

mun

ity.

They

had

not

mad

e a

mur

al b

efor

e.

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

futu

re p

erfe

ct

past

per

fect

futu

re p

erfe

ct

Ever

yone

thin

ks th

e m

ural

has

impr

oved

the

neig

hbor

hood

.

88G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_088

.indd

88

9/19

/06

7:0

8:29

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e G

ram

mar

–Wri

tin

g

Co

nn

ecti

on

Less

on

25

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

an a

ctio

n ve

rb

that

doe

s N

OT

agre

e w

ith it

s si

ngul

ar

subj

ect?

A

Sent

ence

1B

Se

nten

ce 3

C

Sent

ence

4D

Se

nten

ce 5

2.

Whi

ch is

a li

nkin

g ve

rb in

Se

nten

ce 3

?A

is

B

asC

st

arts

D

driv

es

3.

Whi

ch v

erb

coul

d co

mp

lete

Se

nten

ce 2

?A

se

tsB

se

tC

si

tsD

si

t

4.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

an a

ctio

n ve

rb

that

doe

s N

OT

agre

e w

ith it

s p

lura

l su

bjec

t?A

Se

nten

ce 1

B

Sent

ence

3C

Se

nten

ce 4

D

Sent

ence

5

5.

Whi

ch v

erb

coul

d co

mp

lete

Se

nten

ce 6

?A

ra

ises

B

rais

eC

ris

esD

ris

e

6.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a lin

king

ver

b th

at d

oes

NO

T ag

ree

with

its

subj

ect?

A

Sent

ence

1B

Se

nten

ce 3

C

Sent

ence

4D

Se

nten

ce 5

(1)

It is

th

e d

ay o

f th

e b

ig c

har

ity

socc

er m

atch

, an

d J

enn

a fe

el n

ervo

us.

(2

) S

he

on

her

bed

an

d p

ull

s o

n h

er n

ew s

occ

er s

ho

es. (

3)

Jen

na’

s m

om

is e

xcit

ed

as s

he

star

ts t

he

car

and

dri

ves

Jen

na

to t

he

mat

ch. (

4)

Jen

na

pla

y h

er b

est

socc

er e

ver

du

rin

g t

od

ay’s

mat

ch! (

5)

All

of

her

fri

end

s ch

eers

her

on

. (6

) A

fter

th

e m

atch

, sh

e

th

e tr

op

hy

hig

h a

bo

ve h

er h

ead

!

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s b

elo

w.

89G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_089

.indd

89

9/9/

06

8:25

:46

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e

Less

on

25

(1) M

s. L

uiz

wil

l hav

e g

iven

th

e o

rder

to

sta

rt d

igg

ing.

(2) S

he

had

ask

ed e

very

on

e

to jo

in in

th

e h

ard

wo

rk. (3

) “I

told

th

e m

ayo

r th

at w

e h

ad c

om

ple

ted

th

is g

ard

en b

y

5:0

0 P

.M. t

od

ay!”

sai

d M

s. L

uiz

. (4) “

Juli

o, w

hat

had

yo

u d

on

e w

ith

yo

ur

sho

vel?

” sh

e

ask

ed. (5

) Aft

er m

any

ho

urs

, th

e cr

ew o

f w

ork

ers

fin

ish

ed a

ll o

f th

e p

lan

tin

g an

d

wat

erin

g. (6

) By

the

tim

e sh

e le

aves

, Ms.

Lu

iz w

ill h

ave

than

ked

eve

ry v

olu

nte

er.

1.

Whi

ch v

erb

form

sho

uld

rep

lace

the

un

derli

ned

wor

ds in

Sen

tenc

e 1?

A

have

giv

enB

ha

d gi

ven

C

givi

ngD

gi

ve

2.

Whi

ch fo

rm o

f the

ver

b as

k is

use

d in

Sen

tenc

e 2?

A

pas

t-p

erfe

ct t

ense

B

pre

sent

-per

fect

ten

seC

p

rese

nt t

ense

D

futu

re t

ense

3.

In

Sent

ence

3, h

ow c

ould

the

ve

rb c

ompl

ete

be c

hang

ed t

o p

rese

nt-p

erfe

ct t

ense

?A

co

mp

lete

B

will

hav

e co

mp

lete

dC

ha

d co

mp

lete

dD

ha

ve c

omp

lete

d

4.

Whi

ch v

erb

form

sho

uld

rep

lace

the

un

derli

ned

wor

ds in

Sen

tenc

e 4?

A

have

don

eB

w

ere

done

C

are

done

D

corr

ect

as is

5.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

corr

ectly

use

s ve

rbs

in t

he p

ast

tens

e?A

Se

nten

ce 1

B

Sent

ence

3C

Se

nten

ce 5

D

Sent

ence

6

6.

Whi

ch is

the

ver

b te

nse

of t

he

unde

rline

d ve

rb p

hras

e in

Se

nten

ce 6

?A

p

rese

nt-p

erfe

ct t

ense

B

futu

re-p

erfe

ct t

ense

C

pas

t-p

erfe

ct t

ense

D

futu

re t

ense

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s b

elo

w.

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

C

on

nec

tio

n

90G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_090

.indd

90

9/19

/06

7:0

8:49

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

eIr

reg

ula

r V

erb

s

Less

on

26

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

wit

h t

he

pas

t-te

nse

fo

rm o

f th

e ve

rb

in p

aren

thes

es (

).

1.

Lew

is a

nd C

lark

(be

gin)

the

ir jo

urne

y.

2.

The

par

ty o

f exp

lore

rs (

go)

very

far.

3.

The

y (f

ind)

a r

oute

to

the

wes

t co

ast.

4.

The

Nat

ive

Am

eric

ans

(sp

eak)

to

the

exp

lore

rs.

5.

Lew

is a

nd C

lark

(ke

ep)

a jo

urna

l of t

heir

trav

els.

6.

The

y (s

pen

d) t

ime

mak

ing

map

s, t

oo.

Use

th

e p

ast-

ten

se f

orm

of

a w

ord

in t

he

bo

x to

co

mp

lete

eac

h s

ente

nce

.

swim

com

ekn

ow

run

7.

Lew

is a

nd C

lark

t

hey

had

a lo

ng w

ay t

o go

.

8.

The

exp

lore

rs

alo

ng t

he r

iver

bank

.

9.

The

hor

ses

acr

oss

the

river

to

the

othe

r si

de.

10.

Eve

ntua

lly, t

he e

xped

ition

t

o an

end

.

Wri

te s

ente

nce

s, u

sin

g t

he

pas

t-te

nse

fo

rms

of

thes

e ir

reg

ula

r ve

rbs:

lie,

lay,

sit,

and

fly.

Acce

pt re

ason

able

resp

onse

s.

Lew

is a

nd C

lark

beg

an th

eir j

ourn

ey.

The

party

of e

xplo

rers

wen

t ver

y fa

r.

They

foun

d a

rout

e to

the

wes

t coa

st.

The

Nativ

e Am

eric

ans

spok

e to

the

expl

orer

s.

Lew

is a

nd C

lark

kep

t a jo

urna

l of t

heir

trave

ls.

They

spe

nt ti

me

mak

ing

map

s, to

o.

knew

ran

swam

cam

e

91G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_091

.indd

919/

9/06

8:27

:36

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

eIr

reg

ula

r V

erb

s

Less

on

26

1.–1

0. C

om

ple

te t

he

char

t w

ith

th

e p

rin

cip

al p

arts

of

each

ver

b.

Infi

nit

ive

Pres

ent

Part

icip

le

Past

Ten

se

Past

Par

tici

ple

to t

hrow

(is

, was

) th

row

ing

(h

ave,

has

, had

) th

row

n

to b

ring

(is, w

as)

br

ough

t (h

ave,

has

, had

)

to e

at

(is, w

as)

eatin

g

(hav

e, h

as, h

ad)

to s

hake

(is

, was

)

shoo

k (h

ave,

has

, had

) sh

aken

to t

ake

(is, w

as)

(hav

e, h

as, h

ad)

take

n

to fo

rget

(is

, was

) fo

rget

ting

(h

ave,

has

, had

)

Com

ple

te e

ach

sen

ten

ce, u

sin

g t

he

verb

an

d v

erb

for

m s

how

n in

par

enth

eses

( )

.

11.

(bu

y, p

ast

tens

e)

Pr

esid

ent

Jeffe

rson

t

errit

ory

from

Fra

nce.

12.

(w

ant,

pas

t p

artic

iple

)

H

e t

o ha

ve t

he a

rea

exp

lore

d.

13.

(gi

ve, p

ast

tens

e)

H

e t

he jo

b to

Lew

is a

nd C

lark

.

14.

(te

ll, p

ast

par

ticip

le)

Je

ffers

on

the

m t

o fin

d a

rout

eth

roug

h th

e Ro

cky

Mou

ntai

ns.

15.

(st

udy,

pre

sent

par

ticip

le)

Th

e m

en

the

wild

life.

16.

(m

ake,

pas

t te

nse)

Th

ey

a m

ap o

f the

Mis

sour

i Riv

er.

17.

(bu

y, p

ast

par

ticip

le)

Th

ey

four

can

oes

from

Nat

ive

Am

eric

ans.

18.

(flo

w, p

rese

nt p

artic

iple

)

Th

e w

ater

of t

he r

iver

n

orth

.

thre

wbr

ingi

ngat

esh

akin

gta

king

took

forg

ot

brou

ght

eate

n

forg

otte

n

has/

had

wan

ted

gave

has/

had

told

are/

wer

e st

udyi

ng

mad

e

have

/had

bou

ght

is/w

as fl

owin

g

boug

ht 92G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_092

.indd

929/

19/0

67:

09:0

4AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

eG

ram

mar

–Wri

tin

g

Co

nn

ecti

on

Less

on

26

1.

Whi

ch v

erb

form

sho

uld

rep

lace

the

un

derli

ned

wor

d in

Sen

tenc

e 1?

Ash

ines

Bsh

inin

gC

shon

eD

shon

ed

2.

Whi

ch w

ord

coul

d co

mp

lete

Se

nten

ce 2

?A

swam

Bsw

umC

swim

med

Dsw

im

3.

Whi

ch v

erb

form

is u

sed

in

Sent

ence

3?

Ain

finiti

veB

pre

sent

par

ticip

leC

pas

t te

nse

Dp

ast

par

ticip

le

4.

Whi

ch w

ord

or w

ords

cou

ld c

omp

lete

Se

nten

ce 4

?A

finds

Bfin

ding

Cha

d fo

und

Dfo

unde

d

5.

Whi

ch v

erb

form

is u

nder

lined

in

Sen

tenc

e 5?

Ain

finiti

veB

pre

sent

par

ticip

leC

pas

t te

nse

Dp

ast

par

ticip

le

6.

Whi

ch w

ord

or w

ords

cou

ld c

omp

lete

Se

nten

ce 6

?A

flies

Bflo

wn

Cis

flyi

ngD

flew

(1) T

he

sun

sh

ine

and

war

med

th

e sa

nd

bu

t n

ot

the

chil

ly o

cean

. (2) N

o o

ne

in t

he

cold

wat

er. (3

) So

me

of

the

exp

lore

rs b

uil

t a

fire

. (4) F

arth

er d

ow

n

the

bea

ch, a

gro

up

of

off

icer

s in

vest

igat

ed a

sm

all c

ove

th

ey

. (5) T

he

sun

was

set

tin

g w

hen

th

ey le

ft t

he

bea

ch t

o m

ake

cam

p. (6

) A f

ew s

eag

ull

s in

circ

les

abo

ve t

hem

.

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s b

elo

w.

93G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_093

.indd

939/

9/06

8:28

:47

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e

Less

on

26

Co

mp

lete

eac

h s

ente

nce

wit

h a

ver

b f

orm

fro

m t

he

bo

x.Th

en la

bel

eac

h v

erb

fo

rm a

s pr

esen

t pa

rtic

iple

, pas

t te

nse,

or

past

par

tici

ple.

b

lew

ro

de

saw

w

ere

bit

ing

h

ad r

idd

en

1.

Whe

n tr

avel

ing

over

land

, the

men

o

n p

onie

s.

2.

Lew

is

man

y m

iles.

3.

The

exp

lore

rs

sto

rm c

loud

s ga

ther

ing.

4.

The

win

d m

ost

of t

he c

loud

s aw

ay.

5.

How

ever

, ins

ects

t

hem

all

nigh

t.

Com

ple

te e

ach

sen

ten

ce, u

sin

g t

he

verb

an

d t

he

verb

for

m s

how

n in

par

enth

eses

( )

.

6.

(re

st, p

rese

nt p

artic

iple

)

Th

e gr

oup

a

fter

a lo

ng d

ay o

f wal

king

.

7.

(dr

ink,

pas

t p

artic

iple

)

So

meo

ne

the

last

of t

he w

ater

.

8.

(he

ar, p

ast)

Th

e m

en

the

sou

nd o

f run

ning

wat

er.

9.

(ru

n, p

rese

nt p

artic

iple

)

So

meo

ne

ahe

ad t

o fin

d th

e so

urce

.

10.

(co

me,

pas

t p

artic

iple

)

A

t la

st, t

hey

to

the

Col

umbi

a Ri

ver!

Irre

gu

lar

Ver

bs

rode

had

ridde

n saw

blew w

ere

bitin

g

past

tens

epa

st p

artic

iple

past

tens

e

pas

t ten

se

pres

ent p

artic

iple

is/w

as re

stin

g

has/

had

drun

k

hear

d

is/w

as ru

nnin

g

had

com

e

94G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_094

.indd

94

9/9/

06

8:29

:23

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

eC

on

trac

tio

ns

Less

on

27

Wri

te t

he

con

trac

tio

n f

or

each

un

der

lined

pai

r o

f w

ord

s.

1.

I a

m h

opin

g to

find

gol

d.

2.

It

will

be

a di

fficu

lt jo

urne

y.

3.

The

y ar

e st

rong

and

bra

ve.

4.

We

have

got

to

clim

b 1

,000

feet

.

5.

It

is t

oo s

teep

for

anim

als

to g

o up

.

6.

We

are

carr

ying

our

sup

plie

s ou

rsel

ves.

7.

He

said

he

had

neve

r be

en s

o fa

r fr

om h

ome.

8.

Tw

o m

en s

ay t

hey

have

alre

ady

had

som

e lu

ck.

9.

Is

this

wha

t yo

u ar

e lo

okin

g fo

r?

10.

She

is h

oldi

ng a

nug

get

of g

old!

Cir

cle

the

wo

rd t

hat

co

rrec

tly

com

ple

tes

each

sen

ten

ce.

11.

( It

’s ,I

ts )

very

col

d in

the

Yuk

on.

12.

( T

hey’

re ,

Thei

r ) s

uch

hard

wor

king

min

ers.

13.

The

y w

ear

( the

y’re

, th

eir )

boo

ts a

nd h

elm

ets.

14.

( Yo

ur ,

You’

re )

exp

ecte

d to

car

ry s

upp

lies.

15.

He

carr

ies

the

bag

by (

it’s

, its

) ha

ndle

.

16.

“( Yo

ur ,

You’

re )

clai

m is

exc

elle

nt!”

sai

d th

e m

an.

17.

( It

s , It

’s )

loca

ted

dow

n th

e ro

ad a

bout

a m

ile.

18.

( T

hey’

re ,

Thei

r ) g

oing

to

be r

ich!I’m It’

ll

They

’re We’

ve It’s We’

re he’d

they

’ve

you’

re

She’

s

95G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_095

.indd

959/

9/06

8:29

:59

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

eC

on

trac

tio

ns

Less

on

27

Wri

te t

he

con

trac

tio

n f

or

each

of

the

und

erlin

ed w

ord

s.

1.

Wom

en w

ere

not

allo

wed

to

regi

ster

a c

laim

for

gold

.

2.

The

pro

spec

tors

hav

e no

t fo

und

the

tow

n.

3.

The

man

sai

d he

doe

s no

t w

ant

to m

ine

at t

hat

cree

k.

4.

She

is n

ot lo

okin

g fo

rwar

d to

the

win

ter.

5.

The

peo

ple

did

not

hav

e en

ough

food

last

yea

r.

6.

I d

o no

t se

e m

y su

pp

lies.

7.

Is

that

not

you

r p

ack

of fo

od?

8.

We

will

not

be

par

t of

tha

t gr

oup

of p

rosp

ecto

rs.

9.

The

y co

uld

not

find

thei

r w

ay, a

nd t

hey

got

lost

.

10.

You

sho

uld

not

liste

n to

wha

t th

ey s

ay.

11.

Do

you

not

see

how

muc

h co

nfus

ion

you

caus

ed?

12.

I’m

sor

ry, b

ut I

was

not

sur

e of

the

dire

ctio

ns.

13.

The

y w

ould

not

tak

e re

spon

sibi

lity

for

the

mis

take

.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

wit

h t

he

corr

ect

con

trac

tio

n.

14.

The

wom

an c

ould

not

bel

ieve

wha

t sh

e sa

w.

15.

I w

ill n

ot t

ell a

nyon

e ab

out

your

dis

cove

ry.

16.

She

did

not

say

any

thin

g to

her

frie

nd.

wer

en’t

have

n’t do

esn’

t

isn’

t didn

’t

don’

t Isn’

t

won

’tco

uldn

’tsh

ould

n’t Do

n’t

was

n’t

wou

ldn’

t

The

wom

an c

ould

n’t b

elie

ve w

hat s

he s

aw.

I won

’t te

ll an

yone

abo

ut y

our d

isco

very

.

She

didn

’t sa

y an

ythi

ng to

her

frie

nd.

96G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_096

.indd

969/

9/06

8:30

:35

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

eG

ram

mar

–Wri

tin

g

Co

nn

ecti

on

Less

on

27

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s b

elo

w.

(1) T

od

ay, w

e ar

e g

oin

g f

or

a ri

de

ove

r th

e ca

nyo

n in

a h

elic

op

ter.

(2) I

ho

pe

go

ing

to e

njo

y it

. (3) Th

e

last

to

ur

gro

up

sai

d t

his

was

fav

ori

te d

ay t

rip.

(4) Y

ou

wil

l hav

e o

ne

ho

ur

to e

xplo

re t

he

can

yon

.

(5) Y

ou

sh

ou

ldn’

t w

and

er t

oo

far

fro

m t

he

lan

din

g a

rea.

(6)

ret

urn

fl ig

ht

leav

es a

t si

x o’

clo

ck.

1.

Whi

ch w

ord

coul

d re

pla

ce t

he

unde

rline

d w

ords

in S

ente

nce

1?A

we’

veB

wer

eC

we’

reD

we’

d

2.

Whi

ch w

ord

coul

d co

mp

lete

Sent

ence

2?

Ayo

urB

you’

reC

you’

veD

your

e

3.

Whi

ch w

ord

coul

d co

mp

lete

Se

nten

ce 3

?A

thei

rB

they

’re

Cth

eirs

Dth

ere

4.

Whi

ch is

the

cor

rect

way

to

writ

e th

e un

derli

ned

wor

ds in

Sen

tenc

e 4

with

a

cont

ract

ion?

AYo

u’ve

BYo

u’ll

have

CYo

u w

ill’v

eD

You’

ve h

ad

5.

The

und

erlin

ed w

ord

in S

ente

nce

5 is

a

cont

ract

ion

of w

hich

wor

ds?

Ash

ould

hav

eB

shou

ld n

otC

shou

ld b

eD

shou

ld a

re

6.

Whi

ch w

ord

coul

d co

mp

lete

Se

nten

ce 6

?A

You’

llB

Your

CYo

u’re

DYo

urs

97G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_097

.indd

979/

9/06

8:31

:24

AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e C

on

trac

tio

ns

Less

on

27

Wri

te t

he

con

trac

tio

n f

or

the

und

erlin

ed w

ord

s in

ea

ch s

ente

nce

.

1.

She

is a

dar

ing

exp

lore

r.

2.

The

y ar

e th

inki

ng a

bout

ret

urni

ng t

o C

alifo

rnia

.

3.

The

y ar

e no

t fin

ding

gol

d he

re a

nym

ore.

4.

We

are

out

of fo

od.

5.

You

hav

e go

t tw

o da

ys t

o m

ake

a de

cisi

on.

6.

She

cou

ld n

ot m

ake

up h

er m

ind.

7.

I h

ave

not

had

time

to d

ecid

e.

8.

“I a

m t

oo t

ired

to p

lan

anyt

hing

,” s

aid

the

wom

an.

9.

“It

is t

ime

to s

top

dre

amin

g an

d go

hom

e,”

he s

aid.

10.

It

shou

ld n

ot t

ake

very

long

to

pac

k.

11.

You

will

not

hav

e to

tra

vel s

o fa

r th

is t

ime.

12.

He

has

foun

d a

new

tra

il.

13.

The

y st

ill h

ad n

ot d

ecid

ed o

n a

pla

n.

Un

der

line

the

wo

rd t

hat

co

rrec

tly

com

ple

tes

each

sen

ten

ce.

14.

(It

s, It

’s)

cold

and

win

dy t

oday

.

15.

(Th

eir,

They

’re)

leav

ing

in a

n ho

ur.

16.

(Yo

ur, Y

ou’r

e) h

orse

s ar

e p

rep

ared

for

trav

el.

17.

(Th

eir,

They

’re)

sad

dles

are

cle

an a

nd r

eady

.

18.

(Yo

ur, Y

ou’r

e) g

oing

to

be la

te.Sh

e’s

They

’re

aren

’t

We’

re

You’

ve

coul

dn’t

have

n’t

I’m It’s

shou

ldn’

tw

on’t

He’s

hadn

’t

98G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_098

.indd

98

9/9/

06

8:32

:12

AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

eA

dve

rbs

Less

on

28

Un

der

line

each

ad

verb

. Id

enti

fy w

het

her

th

e ad

verb

tel

ls

how

,whe

n,w

here

, or

to w

hat

exte

nt.

1.

The

tea

m is

clim

bing

car

eful

ly.

2.

The

y fr

eque

ntly

sto

p t

o re

st.

3.

A g

uide

oft

en c

heck

s th

e sk

y fo

r st

orm

s.

4.

Sud

denl

y, t

he g

uide

wav

es h

is a

rms.

5.

Eve

ryon

e lo

oks

up.

6.

The

clo

uds

abov

e da

rken

.

7.

The

clim

bers

hav

e to

ret

urn

imm

edia

tely

.

8.

The

tea

m s

adly

look

s at

the

mou

ntai

n’s

pea

k.

9.

The

n th

ey q

uick

ly b

egin

des

cend

ing

the

trai

l.

10.

The

y w

ill fi

nish

the

clim

b la

ter.

Co

mp

lete

eac

h s

ente

nce

by

usin

g t

he

corr

ect

com

par

ativ

e fo

rm o

f th

e ad

verb

in

par

enth

eses

( )

.

11.

Jas

on h

ikes

t

han

Tom

. (fa

st)

12.

Of a

ll th

e hi

kers

, Lea

h w

alks

the

. (

far)

13.

I w

alk

mor

e t

han

my

sist

er. (

slow

)

14.

Thi

s ye

ar’s

trai

l map

is

tha

n la

st y

ear’s

map

. (go

od)

15.

Mrs

. Rui

z sp

eaks

the

o

f all

the

clim

bers

. (so

ft)

how

how

or w

hen

whe

reto w

hat e

xten

t

whe

re

whe

n how

how

whe

n

fast

er

farth

est

slow

ly

bette

r

softe

st

to w

hat e

xten

t

99G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_099

.indd

999/

19/0

67:

09:1

6AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

eA

dve

rbs

Less

on

28

Un

der

line

the

wo

rd in

par

enth

eses

( )

th

at c

orr

ectl

y co

mp

lete

s ea

ch s

ente

nce

.

1.

Jea

n di

dn’t

hav

e (n

o, a

ny)

cook

ing

equi

pm

ent.

2.

Jos

h co

uldn

’t fi

nd h

is b

ackp

ack

(now

here

, any

whe

re).

3.

You

sho

uldn

’t (

ever

, nev

er)

go c

amp

ing

unp

rep

ared

.

4.

My

hiki

ng b

oots

are

n’t

(now

here

, any

whe

re)

to b

e fo

und.

5.

Don

’t s

ay (

noth

ing,

any

thin

g) a

bout

the

mis

sing

flas

hlig

ht.

If t

he

sen

ten

ce is

co

rrec

t, w

rite

cor

rect

. If

it is

inco

rrec

t, r

ewri

te it

co

rrec

tly.

6.

Joh

n w

asn’

t ne

ver

afra

id o

f wat

er.

7.

Kay

has

not

lear

ned

noth

ing

abou

t fir

st a

id.

8.

Jes

sie

wou

ldn’

t ne

ver

forg

et h

er w

et s

uit.

9.

My

sist

er h

as n

ever

gon

e di

ving

with

us.

10.

Don

’t s

ay n

othi

ng a

bout

div

ing

with

sha

rks.

11.

Nob

ody

know

s m

ore

scub

a di

ving

fact

s th

an M

r. C

ain.

12.

Lia

m d

oesn

’t n

eed

no h

elp

pac

king

his

gea

r.

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

John

was

nev

er a

fraid

of w

ater

.

Kay

has

not l

earn

ed a

nyth

ing

abou

t firs

t aid

.

Jess

ie w

ould

n’t e

ver f

orge

t her

wet

sui

t.

corr

ect

Don’

t say

any

thin

g ab

out d

ivin

g w

ith s

hark

s.

corr

ect

Liam

nee

ds n

o he

lp p

acki

ng h

is g

ear.

100

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_100

.indd

100

9/9/

068:

34:3

2AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

eG

ram

mar

–Wri

tin

g

Co

nn

ecti

on

Less

on

28

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s b

elo

w.

(1) F

oll

ow

th

e ti

ps,

an

d y

ou

wil

l so

on

kn

ow

ho

w t

o p

ack

a b

ack

pac

k p

rop

erly

.

(2) F

irst

, mak

e a

list

of

equ

ipm

ent

nee

ded

fo

r yo

ur

trip

. (3) R

oll

yo

ur

slee

pin

g b

ag

tigh

tly,

an

d p

ush

it g

entl

y b

ut

fi rm

ly in

to it

s st

uff

sac

k. (4

) Th

en,

pla

ce h

eavi

er it

ems

in y

ou

r p

ack

. (5) P

ack

su

nsc

reen

an

d s

nac

ks

so t

hat

th

ey a

re e

asil

y

reac

hed

. (6) D

on’

t n

ever

fo

rget

to

rev

iew

yo

ur

chec

kli

st b

efo

re y

ou

leav

e h

om

e!

1.

Whi

ch d

escr

ibes

the

adv

erbs

in

Sent

ence

1?

ASo

on t

ells

whe

re; p

rope

rly t

ells

ho

w.

BSo

on t

ells

whe

n; p

rope

rly t

ells

w

hen.

CSo

on t

ells

whe

n; p

rope

rly t

ells

how

.D

Soon

tel

ls t

o w

hat

exte

nt; p

rope

rlyte

lls w

hen.

2.

Whi

ch w

ord

in S

ente

nce

2 is

an

adve

rb?

AFi

rst

Bof

Cfo

rD

trip

3.

Whi

ch is

NO

T an

adv

erb

in

Sent

ence

3?

Atig

htly

Bp

ush

Cge

ntly

Dfir

mly

4.

Whi

ch is

an

adve

rb t

hat

coul

d co

mp

lete

Sen

tenc

e 4?

Ano

tB

fast

Csl

ower

Dca

refu

lly

5.

Whi

ch w

ord

in S

ente

nce

5 is

an

adve

rb?

Aan

dB

that

Cso

Dea

sily

6.

Whi

ch w

ords

sho

uld

rep

lace

the

un

derli

ned

wor

ds in

Sen

tenc

e 6?

AD

on’t

eve

r B

Do

not

neve

r C

In n

o w

ayD

Do

ever

101

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_101

.indd

101

9/9/

068:

35:3

5AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e A

dve

rbs

Less

on

28

Un

der

line

the

wo

rd o

r w

ord

s th

at c

orr

ectl

y co

mp

lete

eac

h

sen

ten

ce.

1.

The

gro

up s

its (

qui

et, q

uiet

ly)

in t

he p

lane

.

2.

Dae

shau

n p

rep

ares

(m

ore

eage

rly, m

ost

eage

rly)

than

Tom

.

3.

Thi

s ju

mp

is (

easy

, eas

ily)

for

him

.

4.

Cor

rine

(slo

wly

, slo

w)

fast

ens

her

belt.

5.

Hal

put

s on

his

par

achu

te (

fast

, fas

ter)

tha

n Su

e.

6.

He

(soo

n, s

oone

st)

gets

rea

dy.

7.

I fl

y a

pla

ne (

wel

l, be

tter

) th

an m

y si

ster

.

8.

Rae

sky

dive

s (w

ell,

bett

er).

If t

he

sen

ten

ce is

co

rrec

t, w

rite

cor

rect

. If

it is

inco

rrec

t, r

ewri

te it

co

rrec

tly.

9.

I d

on’t

kno

w n

othi

ng a

bout

tra

pez

e ar

tists

.

10.

He

hasn

’t n

ever

see

n th

e ci

rcus

.

11.

Mar

cy d

oes

not

have

no

time

to le

arn

the

rout

ine.

12.

She

has

not

had

non

e al

l wee

k.

13.

I w

ould

do

anyt

hing

to

fly h

igh

like

that

!

14.

The

y do

n’t

neve

r m

anag

e to

fini

sh t

he s

how

on

time.

I don

’t kn

ow a

nyth

ing

abou

t tra

peze

arti

sts.

He h

asn’

t eve

r see

n th

e ci

rcus

.

Mar

cy h

as n

o tim

e to

lear

n th

e ro

utin

e.

She

has

had

none

all

wee

k.

They

nev

er m

anag

e to

fini

sh th

e sh

ow o

n tim

e.

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

corr

ect

102

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_102

.indd

10

29/

9/06

8:

36:2

9 AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

ePu

nct

uat

ion

Less

on

29

1.–1

0. C

ircl

e te

n w

ord

s th

at s

ho

uld

be

cap

ital

ized

in

the

lett

er.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

wit

h t

he

corr

ect

cap

ital

izat

ion

an

d p

unct

uati

on

. Un

der

line

wo

rds

that

sh

oul

d b

e it

alic

.

11.

My

rep

ort

is c

alle

d a

wal

k on

the

moo

n.

12.

My

mot

her

read

s th

e m

agaz

ine

new

swee

k.

13.

Did

you

see

the

mov

ie a

pol

lo 1

3?

14.

Let

’s s

ing

the

song

roc

ket

man

.

15.

The

last

cha

pte

r in

the

boo

k w

as c

alle

d sp

ace

trav

el in

the

futu

re.

13

17 P

ark

stre

et

Orla

ndo,

FL

3280

1

june

11,

200

8ca

rson

s, In

corp

orat

ed70

8 th

ird A

venu

eH

oust

on, T

X 7

7069

dear

sir

or m

adam

:I a

m r

etur

ning

the

DVD

you

sen

t to

me.

It a

rriv

ed d

amag

ed a

nd c

anno

t be

use

d.p

leas

e re

fund

my

mon

ey.

si

ncer

ely,

ca

rolin

a Ru

iz

My

repo

rt is

cal

led

“A W

alk

on th

e M

oon.

”

My

mot

her r

eads

the

mag

azin

e Ne

wsw

eek.

Did

you

see

the

mov

ie A

pollo

13?

Let’s

sin

g th

e so

ng “

Rock

et M

an.”

Th

e la

st

chap

ter i

n th

e bo

ok w

as c

alle

d “S

pace

Tra

vel i

n th

e Fu

ture

.”

103

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_103

.indd

103

9/9/

068:

38:2

2AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

ePu

nct

uat

ion

Less

on

29

Rea

d e

ach

sen

ten

ce. A

dd

quo

tati

on

mar

ks w

her

e th

ey

are

nee

ded

.

1.

Wha

t sh

ould

we

do a

bout

our

sci

ence

pro

ject

? M

ark

aske

d.

2.

Dan

sai

d, I

thin

k w

e sh

ould

mak

e a

mod

el o

f an

early

sp

acec

raft

.

3.

Tha

t’s a

goo

d id

ea, r

eplie

d Eg

an. L

et’s

mak

e a

pla

n.

4.

I w

ill d

o th

e re

sear

ch, s

aid

Ben,

if D

an a

nd M

ark

gath

er t

he m

ater

ials

.

5.

I a

gree

, Ben

, Mar

k sa

id. I

’d b

e gl

ad t

o w

ork

with

Dan

.

6.

We

can

mee

t at

my

hous

e an

d ge

t st

arte

d, s

ugge

sted

Ega

n.

7.

I’ll

brin

g so

me

of m

y m

om’s

bro

wni

es, o

ffere

d D

an, i

f you

’d li

ke m

e to

.

8.

I’m

alle

rgic

to

choc

olat

e, w

hine

d Eg

an.

9.

Tha

t’s n

o p

robl

em, s

aid

Dan

. I’ll

brin

g so

me

fig b

ars,

too

.

10.

Let

’s d

o it,

the

y sa

id.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Use

co

rrec

t p

unct

uati

on

, quo

tati

on

mar

ks,

and

cap

ital

lett

ers.

11.

whe

re a

re y

ou s

tudy

ing

toda

y da

d as

ked.

12.

let

’s c

all R

osa

sugg

este

d Be

cky.

13.

yes

, giv

e he

r a

call

said

Sue

and

ask

her

to

mee

t us

.

14.

i w

ill m

eet

you

ther

e sa

id r

osa

“Whe

re a

re y

ou s

tudy

ing

toda

y?”

Dad

aske

d.

“”

”

“”

“”

“”

“”

“”

“”

“”

“”

“”

“”

“”

“”

“”

“ “Let

’s c

all R

osa,

” su

gges

ted

Beck

y.

“Yes

, giv

e he

r a c

all,”

sai

d Su

e, “

and

ask

her t

o m

eet u

s.”

“I w

ill m

eet y

ou th

ere,

” sa

id R

osa.

104

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_104

.indd

104

9/9/

068:

39:0

6AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

eG

ram

mar

–Wri

tin

gC

on

nec

tio

n

Less

on

29

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s b

elo

w.

(1) L

et m

e re

ad y

ou

th

e n

ote

I w

rote

to

Au

nt

Kat

hy,

sai

d J

osh

. (2) “

I w

ant

to t

han

k

her

fo

r se

nd

ing

th

e b

oo

k t

he

com

ing

of

spac

e tr

avel

. (3) d

ear

aun

t k

ath

y, (4

) th

ank

you

fo

r th

e co

py

of

the

com

ing

of

spac

e tr

avel

. (5) M

y fa

vori

te c

hap

ter

so f

ar is

cal

led

wal

kin

g o

n t

he

mo

on

. (6) y

ou

r n

eph

ew, j

osh

.”

1.

Whi

ch p

unct

uatio

n is

nee

ded

in

Sent

ence

1?

Aq

uota

tion

mar

ks b

efor

e Le

t an

d af

ter

Josh

Ba

com

ma

afte

r w

rote

Cq

uota

tion

mar

ks b

efor

e Le

t an

d af

ter

Kath

y,D

a co

mm

a af

ter

you

2.

Whi

ch is

the

cor

rect

way

to

show

the

tit

le o

f the

boo

k in

Sen

tenc

e 2?

ATh

e C

omin

g of

Spa

ce T

rave

lB

The

Com

ing

Of S

pac

e Tr

avel

C“T

he C

omin

g O

f Sp

ace

Trav

el”

D“t

he c

omin

g of

sp

ace

trav

el”

3.

Whi

ch is

the

cor

rect

way

to

writ

e th

e gr

eetin

g of

Josh

’s le

tter

in

Sent

ence

3?

AD

ear

aunt

kat

hy,

BD

ear

Aun

t Ka

thy,

CD

ear

aunt

Kat

hy,

Dde

ar a

unt

Kath

y

4.

Whi

ch w

ords

in S

ente

nce

4 sh

ould

st

art

with

cap

ital l

ette

rs?

ATh

ank,

Com

ing,

Sp

ace,

Tra

vel

BTh

ank,

Com

ing,

Of,

Spac

e, T

rave

lC

Than

k, S

pac

e, T

rave

lD

Than

k, T

he, C

omin

g, S

pac

e,

Trav

el

5.

How

sho

uld

the

chap

ter

title

in

Sent

ence

5 b

e w

ritte

n?A

“Wal

king

on

the

Moo

n.”

B“W

alki

ng o

n th

e m

oon.

”C

wal

king

on

the

moo

n.D

“Wal

king

on

the

Moo

n.”

6.

Whi

ch is

the

cor

rect

way

to

writ

e Se

nten

ce 6

?A

Your

Nep

hew

, Jos

hB

Your

nep

hew

, Jos

hC

your

nep

hew

, Jos

hD

Your

nep

hew

Josh

105

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_105

.indd

105

9/9/

068:

39:5

0AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e Pu

nct

uat

ion

Less

on

29

Rew

rite

th

e p

arts

of

a le

tter

. Use

cap

ital

lett

ers

and

co

rrec

t p

unct

uati

on

.

1.

dea

r m

onty

2.

you

r fr

iend

3.

dea

r si

r or

mad

am

4.

sin

cere

ly y

ours

5.

writ

e so

on

6.

dea

r m

rs b

arne

s

7.

you

rs t

ruly

8.

847

nor

th w

ater

view

driv

e

9.

chi

cago

il 6

0613

10.

ap

ril 1

7, 2

008

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Use

co

rrec

t p

unct

uati

on

. Un

der

line

wo

rds

that

sh

oul

d

be

ital

ic.

11.

may

be w

e ca

n w

rite

a re

por

t ab

out

neil

arm

stro

ng s

ugge

sted

ann

e

12.

tha

t’s a

goo

d id

ea s

aid

dian

e le

t’s g

et s

tart

ed

13.

Mai

rea

d th

e ch

apte

r la

ika

to h

er s

iste

r

14.

our

uni

vers

e is

a p

opul

ar b

ook

Dear

Mon

ty,

Your

frie

nd,

Dear

Sir

or M

adam

:

Sinc

erel

y yo

urs,

Writ

e so

on. o

r Writ

e so

on!

Dear

Mrs

. Bar

nes,

Your

s tru

ly,

847

North

Wat

ervi

ew D

rive

Chic

ago,

IL 6

0613

April

17,

200

8

“May

be w

e ca

n w

rite

a re

port

abou

t Nei

l Arm

stro

ng,”

su

gges

ted

Anne

.

“Tha

t’s a

goo

d id

ea,”

sai

d Di

ane.

“Le

t’s g

et s

tarte

d.”

Mai

read

the

chap

ter “

Laik

a” to

her

sis

ter.

Our U

nive

rse

is a

pop

ular

boo

k.

106

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_106

.indd

10

69/

19/0

6 7

:09:

45 A

M

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e G

ram

mar

–Wri

tin

gC

on

nec

tio

n

Less

on

30

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s b

elo

w.

(1) M

y fr

ien

d A

va h

as li

ved

on

Flo

rid

a’s

Gu

lf C

oas

t fo

r tw

o y

ears

.

(2)

rea

lly

fun

to

vis

it h

er. (3

) We

are

bo

th s

erio

us

bir

d-w

atch

ers.

(4) W

e li

ke

to u

se b

ino

cula

rs t

o w

atch

th

e b

ird

s fl

y ar

ou

nd

an

d b

uil

d

nes

ts. (5

) Th

e b

ird

s h

aven

’t n

ever

dis

app

oin

ted

us.

(6) W

e ar

e th

ink

ing

ab

ou

t ta

kin

g

ph

oto

gra

ph

s o

f th

em n

ext

tim

e!

1.

Whi

ch n

ames

the

form

of t

he v

erb

live

used

in S

ente

nce

1?A

p

ast

par

ticip

leB

p

rese

nt p

artic

iple

C

pas

t te

nse

D

infin

itive

2.

Whi

ch w

ord

coul

d co

mp

lete

Se

nten

ce 2

?A

It

’dB

It

’llC

It

’s

D

Its

3.

Whi

ch c

ontr

actio

n co

uld

rep

lace

the

un

derli

ned

wor

ds in

Sen

tenc

e 3?

A

We’

ll B

W

e’re

C

W

e’ve

D

W

e’d

4.

Whi

ch p

rono

un b

est

com

ple

tes

Sent

ence

4?

A

thei

rB

th

ey’r

eC

it’

sD

its

5.

How

sho

uld

the

unde

rline

d w

ords

in

Sent

ence

5 b

e w

ritte

n?A

ha

ven’

t ev

er

B

have

not

nev

er

C

hadn

’t n

ever

D

have

’nt

ever

6.

Whi

ch n

ames

the

form

of t

he v

erb

thin

k us

ed in

Sen

tenc

e 6?

A

pas

t te

nse

B

pas

t p

artic

iple

C

pre

sent

par

ticip

leD

in

finiti

ve

107

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_107

.indd

10

79/

9/06

8:

42:3

6 AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

5

Nam

e G

ram

mar

–Wri

tin

gC

on

nec

tio

n

Less

on

30

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s b

elo

w.

(1) C

an N

eil b

e p

ersu

aded

to

hel

p u

s w

ith

th

e p

lay?

ask

ed M

arla

. (2) “

If y

ou

ask

me,

” sa

id K

eish

a, “

I th

ink

Nei

l wil

l be

the

easy

co

nvi

nce

d o

f al

l.”

(3) “

Let

’s fi

nd

a w

ay t

o

get

mo

re s

tud

ents

to

join

th

e d

ram

a cl

ub,

” sa

id M

and

y en

thu

sias

tica

lly.

(4) “

I’ll

ask

Mr.

Jen

nin

gs

to s

pea

k t

o t

he

clas

s” s

ug

gest

ed K

ate.

(5) “

I d

on’

t th

ink

th

e st

ud

ents

hav

e

read

mac

bet

h,”

sai

d M

r. J

enn

ings

. (6) “

i th

ink

th

e sh

ow

wil

l go

on

!” e

xcla

imed

Mar

la.

1.

Whe

re s

houl

d q

uota

tion

mar

ks b

e in

sert

ed in

Sen

tenc

e 1?

A

af

ter

play

?B

be

fore

hel

p an

d af

ter

play

?C

be

fore

Can

D

befo

re C

an a

nd a

fter

pla

y?

2.

Whi

ch fo

rm o

f the

und

erlin

ed a

dver

b in

Sen

tenc

e 2

shou

ld b

e us

ed?

A

mos

t ea

sily

B

mor

e ea

sily

C

easi

erD

ea

sies

t

3.

Whi

ch w

ord

in S

ente

nce

3 is

de

scrib

ed b

y th

e ad

verb

en

thus

iast

ical

ly?

A

find

B

get

C

join

D

said

4.

Whi

ch is

mis

sing

from

Sen

tenc

e 4?

A

per

iod

B

quo

tatio

n m

arks

C

com

ma

D

cap

italiz

atio

n

5.

Whi

ch is

the

cor

rect

way

to

writ

e th

e un

derli

ned

title

of t

he p

lay

in

Sent

ence

5?

A

“mac

beth

”B

“M

acbe

th”

C

Mac

beth

D

“Mac

beth

”

6.

Whi

ch is

wro

ng in

Sen

tenc

e 6?

A

per

iod

B

quo

tatio

n m

arks

C

com

ma

D

cap

italiz

atio

n

108

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

RXE

NL0

8AW

K51_

GPB

_108

.indd

10

89/

9/06

8:

43:1

0 AM

57 Student Edition p. 108


grammar practice book 5

Documents